A. A
lot, for the purposes of applying the provisions of this Zoning Code,
shall be a parcel or unit of land which has been created under the
provisions of the State Subdivision Map Act, or any prior law regulating
the division of land, or the local ordinance enacted pursuant thereto.
B. All
lots of a subdivision recorded in the office of the county recorder
and all lot sizes approved by the planning commission pursuant to
the approval of a record of survey, whether recorded or not, shall
retain their approved form and dimension unless a subsequent subdivision
or lot line adjustment is approved by the city and recorded with the
county recorder.
C. Two
or more contiguous parcels or units of land held by the same owner,
where any one of such contiguous parcels does not conform to standards
for minimum parcel size and at least one of such nonconforming contiguous
parcels is not developed with a building for which a permit has been
issued, shall be merged pursuant to Section 9.61.030 of the Municipal
Code.
D. Where
a lot or a property under separate ownership is an existing recorded
lot, created prior to the applicability of the State Subdivision Map
Act or any local ordinances and without privilege of other legal document,
it may continue to be considered as an individual lot for the purposes
of applying the provisions of the zone in which such lot is located;
provided that, the city causes a certificate at compliance to be recorded
with the county recorder.
(Ord. 1294, 1988)
A. Yards
shall be measured perpendicular to the property line or from a future
street or highway line as shown on the general plan or setback ordinance.
B. Yard
provisions shall apply to both main and accessory structures.
C. No
required yard or other open space around an existing building or any
building hereafter erected shall be considered as providing a yard
or other open space for any other building on an adjoining lot or
building site.
D. The
planning commission may require greater yard standards than those
required by individual zone districts for lots which abut scenic corridors.
E. Garage
Doors, Doors and Gates.
Garage doors, doors, gates or other similar means of access
shall not, when open or being opened, project beyond any lot line.
F. Permitted
Projections into Required Yards.
1. Open work fences, hedges, landscape architectural features, including
patios, open air grills and similar features, or guard railings for
safety protection around depressed ramps may be located in any front,
side or rear yards pursuant to Section 93.02.00.
2. Fire escapes may extend or project into any yard not more than four
feet, provided; however, that the yard shall not be reduced to less
than three feet in clear width.
3.
a. Cornices, canopies, eaves, shed-roof eaves, belt courses, sills,
balconies, unenclosed stairways, chimneys, wind walls and other similar
architectural features may extend or project into a required front
yard or into a courtyard not more than four feet, and may extend into
a required side or rear yard not more than four inches for each one
foot of width of such required side or rear yard.
b. Pedestrian entry features which encompass an area no greater than
60 square feet, and do not provide usable interior space, may extend
or project into a required front yard not more than eight feet.
4. Uncovered porches, platforms or landing places which do not extend
above the level of the first floor of the building may extend into
any front yard a distance of not more than five feet, and such features
may not extend into a court more than 20% of the width of such court
and in no case more than five feet, and may extend into any side or
rear yard not more than two feet. An openwork railing may be installed
or constructed on any such porch, platform or landing place; provided,
it does not exceed 30 inches in height.
5. Marquees, porte-cocheres or other similar features, may extend to
the street property line in residential zones (except for the R-1
and R-G-A zones) and to eight feet from the ultimate curb line in
commercial zones. Such features shall be located not less than 12
feet from any interior side or rear property line and not less than
30 feet from the intersection or extended intersection of property
lines at a street corner. Columns supporting such features shall be
located not less than five feet from any property line, except where
no yard is required in the zone; columns shall not be located within
any public right-of-way. Marquees shall not be less than eight feet
in height.
6. Swimming Pools.
a. No swimming pool equipment pit shall be located closer than two feet from any property line nor within any public utility easement. In no case shall any access opening to the equipment pit be closer than five feet to any property line. Swimming pool equipment installed at grade shall be subject to the locational requirements in subsection
(G) below.
b. No swimming pool shall have its water perimeter closer than five
feet from any front property line, or closer than three feet from
any side or rear property line. Swimming pools and any associated
formwork shall not be located within any public utility easement.
7. Flag poles and poles supporting basketball hoops, and other similar
equipment, not to exceed the height limit allowed in the subject zone
may be allowed in any front yard, set back 10 feet from the property
line, unless otherwise approved by the planning commission.
8. One temporary portable storage facility, not to exceed seven feet
in height and 100 square feet in area, may be allowed in any side
or rear yard of a single-family residential lot. Such storage facility
may encroach into a required side or rear yard; provided, an access
path of at least five feet in width is provided; and provided, such
storage facility is screened from adjacent properties by a solid wall
or fence or by landscaping with a height of six feet.
9. Guard houses or access control buildings may be allowed in the front
yard, if approved by the planning commission.
10. Signs, permitted subject to Section 93.20.00, may project into any
yard.
G. Mechanical
Equipment in Residential Yards.
1. For any building erected in residential zones, no water heaters,
heating, ventilating, air conditioning equipment or ducts, miscellaneous
motors or pumps shall be installed above ground in any side or rear
yard area, except as provided for below.
2. Mechanical equipment which is adequately enclosed so as to prevent noise impacts to adjacent lots beyond the limits imposed by Chapter
11.74 of the Municipal Code may encroach into a required side or rear yard; provided, an access path of at least five feet in width is provided; said equipment and necessary screening shall not exceed six feet in height.
3. Mechanical equipment may extend into a required front yard for a
distance not greater than five feet if screened from public view by
a masonry wall not greater than five feet in height. Swimming pool/spa
equipment may be located in a required front yard if screened from
public view by a masonry wall not less than five feet in height. Such
walls are subject to the provisions of Section 93.02.00.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1366, 1991; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 2020 § 43, 2020; Ord. 2041 § 27, 2021)
This section is intended to provide for the regulation of noncommercial
sport courts, including, but not limited to, those used for tennis,
pickleball, basketball and volleyball within residential zones of
the city.
A.
Courts may be allowed, subject to the following conditions:
1.
Single-Family Zones.
a.
No courts shall be allowed within any yard or setback area.
b.
A six-foot-high solid masonry wall shall be installed on the
property line between the court and adjacent property. Landscape,
which screens the court fence, shall be installed within the setback
area.
c.
The height of any court fence shall not exceed 10 feet above
the court surface.
d.
The surface level of the court shall be established at the lowest
elevation of the natural terrain or lower.
e.
Plans and minor architectural approval application, including
plot plan, grading plan, landscape plan, shall be submitted to the
department for approval pursuant to Section 94.04.00. Courts located
in hillside areas, as defined in Section 93.13.00, shall be reviewed
by the planning commission. For all other locations, the director
may approve proposed courts.
f.
Night lighting of courts may be allowed under conditional use
permit approval by the planning commission in accordance with Section
94.02.00; and provided, the above-listed conditions (subsections (A)(1)(a)
through (A)(1)(e) of this section) have been met. In addition, the
following development standards shall be complied with:
i.
The height of the proposed light fixtures shall not exceed 12
feet at the setback line. A maximum of five light standards (fixtures)
shall be permitted on each side of the court. The light fixture height
shall be measured from natural grade.
ii. The light beam shall not extend off the subject
property. Lighting levels, measured at the property line, shall not
be increased more than one footcandle above the ambient light level.
iii. Lighting shall not be greater than 400 watts per
fixture.
2.
All Other Zones, Including Multifamily Residential.
a.
No courts shall be allowed within any yard or setback area.
b.
No more than 30 percent of the requirement for usable landscaped
open space and outdoor living and recreation shall be devoted to tennis
court development.
c.
A six-foot-high solid masonry wall shall be installed on the
property line between the tennis court and adjacent property. Landscape,
which screens the court fence, shall be installed within the setback
area.
d.
The height of any court fence shall not exceed 10 feet above
the court surface.
e.
The surface level of the court shall be established at the lowest
elevation of the natural terrain or lower.
f.
Any proposed or existing development proposing courts shall
require architectural approval of the total site by the planning commission
pursuant to Section 94.04.00. Plans, including plot plan, grading
plan, landscape plan, lighting diagram, light specification, neighboring,
property diagram, and application, shall be submitted to the department.
Where an existing development is proposing to add a court(s), a minor
architectural approval application shall be filed.
g.
Night lighting fixtures of courts must maintain a 60-foot setback
from property lines. In addition, the following development standards
shall be complied with:
i.
The height of the proposed light fixtures shall not exceed 18
feet. The light fixture height shall be measured from natural grade.
ii. The light beam shall not extend off the subject
property. Lighting levels, measured at the property line shall not
be increased more than one footcandle above the ambient light level.
iii. Lighting shall not be greater than 1,000 watts
per fixture.
B.
In cases where one or more of the above conditions (except subsection
(A)(1)(f) of this section which will be applied in all cases) cannot
be met, courts may be allowed under conditional use permit approved
by the planning commission in accordance with Section 94.02.00.
(Ord. 2088, 11/9/2023)
A. Tahquitz
Canyon Way Setback.
1. The building setback lines, between Sunrise Way and El Cielo Road,
shall be 75 feet from the center line of construction of Tahquitz
Canyon Way.
2. The building setback line, between Indian Canyon Drive and a point
226 feet to the east of Indian Canyon Drive, shall be 55 feet from
the centerline of construction. The remaining portion of Tahquitz
Canyon Way shall have required building setbacks as provided in the
C-1AA zone district.
B. East
Palm Canyon Drive Setback (Between Sunrise Way and Golf Club Drive).
1. The building setback line on the north and south sides of the street
shall be 125 feet from centerline of East Palm Canyon Drive between
Sunrise Way and Golf Club Drive.
2. Swimming pools and garden walls may be allowed within the required
setback; parking facilities shall not be permitted. For automobile
dealerships, the setback for parking facilities shall be 60 feet from
the centerline of East Palm Canyon Drive, or 10 feet from the front
property line, whichever is greater. Accessory pool or mechanical
equipment may also be permitted within the required setback, if screened
from public view.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1500, 1995; Ord. 1695 § 4, 2006)
This section is intended to provide for the regulation of location
and height for walls, fences and landscaping so as to permit the maximum
of enjoyment of the use of property and for the maximum of safety
for persons using sidewalks and streets related thereto.
A. Hazardous
Areas.
A fence or wall may be required along the perimeter of any area
which, by reason of the conditions on the property or physical hazards,
such as frequent inundation, noise, erosion, excavation or grade differential,
are considered by the director of planning and building to be dangerous.
Such fence or wall may exceed six feet in height.
B. Security
Fencing.
Security fencing, including swimming pool safety enclosure fencing,
as required by any governmental agency of jurisdiction shall be permitted,
notwithstanding any other provision of this Zoning Code.
C. Prohibited
Materials.
No barbed wire, razor wire or similar material shall be permitted,
except for use by governmental or quasigovernmental agencies, or unless
otherwise approved by the planning commission. Except as elsewhere
permitted or for use by governmental or quasi-governmental agencies,
chain-link fences may not be used in front or side front yards.
D. Protection
of Intersection Visibility.
The following regulations shall apply to the intersection of
streets:
1. There shall be no visual obstructions as defined in this Zoning Code
within the corner cutback area. The corner cutback area is defined
as the triangular area created by a 45 degree angle line on a horizontal
plane connecting two points on intersecting property lines, as further
defined below in subsections (D)(4) and (D)(5) of this section and
as shown on Exhibit "A" located at the end of this section.
2. In the corner cutback area, visual obstructions are defined as any
object that may block the view of motorists including utility vents,
hills, walls, signs, street furniture or landscaping which exceeds
a height of three and one-half (3½) feet above the nearest
street pavement surface.
3. Exceptions: visual obstructions shall not include existing or future
permanent buildings, which are otherwise constructed or maintained
in accordance with applicable zoning and building regulations; public
utility poles, trees trimmed at the trunk at least eight feet above
the level of the reference point as defined in this Zoning Code; provided,
trees are spaced so that trunks do no create a visual barrier to official
traffic or other governmental signs.
4. In residential zones, the corner cutback area shall consist of a
triangular area created by the diagonal connection of two points measured
30 feet back from the intersection of the prolongation of the front
and side front property lines.
5. In commercial and industrial zones, the corner cutback area shall
consist of a triangular area created by the diagonal connection of
two points measured 10 feet back from the intersection of the prolongation
of the front and side front property lines.
6. In unusual conditions, the traffic engineer or the planning commission
may establish additional or altered corner cutback areas.
E. Height
Standards.
1. Walls and fences not exceeding six feet in height shall be permitted
in all side and rear yards and alongside and rear lot lines, except
as otherwise permitted by the "C-M," "M-1P," "M-1" and "M-2" zones,
Sections 92.15.03(E), 92.16.03(E), 92.17.03(E) and 92.17.1.03(E).
Where two such walls or fences, or one such wall and one such fence
are provided along each property line separating two lots, there shall
be no gap between said walls and/or fences.
2. Except as otherwise provided in this section, all walls and fences
in any front yard and side front yard may not exceed four and one-half
feet in height (Exhibit D), except as otherwise permitted by the "C-M,"
"M-1-P," "M-1" and "M-2" zones, Sections 92.15.03(E), 92.16.03(E),
92.17.03(E), and 92.17.1.03(E). In the corner cutback area, the height
of walls, fences and landscaping may not exceed three and one-half
feet above the nearest street pavement surface (Exhibit A).
a. In residential zones, except for the R-1 zones, and except for properties
which front on a secondary or major thoroughfare as indicated by the
general plan, walls and fences not exceeding six feet in height may
be permitted in front yard and side front yards pursuant to Section
94.04.00 (Architectural review); provided, such wall or fence is constructed
of decorative masonry or metal, is no closer than five feet to the
property line; and provided that, the area between the wall and the
property line is landscaped and maintained by the property owner.
Such walls and fences may be permitted on the property line where
the subject property is located within a block wherein lots comprising
50% or more of the block frontage are developed with property line
walls in excess of four and one-half (4 ½) feet in height,
or if, in the opinion of the director of planning and building, a
hardship exists in setting back the wall or fence from the property
line.
b. On properties in residential zones, except for the R-1 zones, which
front on a secondary or major thoroughfare as indicated by the general
plan, walls and fences not exceeding six feet in height may be permitted
in front yard, and side front yards pursuant to Section 94.04.00 (Architectural
review); provided, such wall or fence is constructed of decorative
masonry or metal; provided that, the total length of all portions
of the wall parallel with the front and/or side front property line
is no longer than 60% of that property line; provided, such wall is
no closer than 15 feet to the property line; and provided that, the
area between the wall and the property line is landscaped and maintained
by the property owner.
c. In the R-1 zones, walls and fences not exceeding five feet in height
may be permitted in front yard and side front yards; provided, such
wall or fence is constructed of decorative masonry or metal; provided,
such wall is no closer than five feet to the property line; and provide
that, the area between the wall and the property line is landscaped
and maintained by the property owner. Such walls and fences may be
permitted on the property line where the subject property is located
within a block wherein lots comprising 50% or more of the block frontage
are developed with property line walls in excess of four and one-half
(4 ½) feet in height, or if, in the opinion of the director
of planning and building, a hardship exists in setting back the wall
or fence from the property line.
d. In the R-1 zones, walls and fences not exceeding six feet in height
may be permitted in front yard and side front yards provided such
wall or fence is constructed of decorative masonry or metal, provided
that the total length of all portions of the wall parallel with the
front and/or side front property line is no longer than 60% of that
property line, provided such wall is no closer than 15 feet to the
property line, and provided that the area between the wall and the
property line is landscaped and maintained by the property owner.
3. Where homes on corner lots back up to each other, as shown on Exhibit
"B" (found at the end of this section), a six foot high fence or wall
may be constructed within five feet of the side street property line.
The five foot area between the wall and the property line is to be
landscaped and maintained.
4. Where double frontage lots (lots having street frontages along both
the front and rear property lines) exist, as shown on Exhibit "C"
(found at the end of this section), and all houses face a common street,
a six foot high wall may be constructed within five feet of the street
property line in the common rear yard. The five foot area between
the wall and the property line is to be landscaped and maintained
pursuant to Section 94.04.00.
5. Where lots back up to or side on a fairway, walls, fences or hedges
not to exceed a height of five feet may be installed on the rear or
side property line. When a lot sides on an entrance to a fairway in
such a manner that the normal private yards are exposed to the street,
a six-foot-high wall, fence or hedge may be constructed; provided,
it is reduced to a maximum of five feet in height within 20 feet of
the rear property line.
6.
In order to protect private property, the director may approve
a fence over six feet in height along a golf course fairway at the
setback line, provided the fence complies with the following regulations:
a.
In no case shall the fence be higher than 15 feet, or the height
of the main building on the subject property. Whichever is less shall
apply;
b.
The fence shall be composed of chain-link or other appropriate
material completely open for light and air;
c.
The fence shall be set back from all buildings on adjoining
property a distance equal to its height;
d.
The fence shall be painted a color that will cause it to become
a part of the background. To further soften its appearance, the base
of such fence shall be landscaped with screen-type shrubs for a height
of at least three feet.
7. Method of Height Measurement.
The height of walls, fences and landscaping, as permitted, shall be measured from the top of the existing curb grade or crown of abutting road, or natural grade or finished grade established by the planning commission or director of planning and building. In the event of adjacent properties having an elevation differential at the property line, the height shall be measured from the average grade at the property line. In the event that practical difficulties and problems of abutting street, slope of property, or other site conditions, the applicant requesting a building permit may apply for a minor modification as provided in Section
94.06.01.
Exhibit C. Double-frontage Lots
|
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1347, 1990; Ord. 1418, 1992; Ord. 1502, 1995; Ord. 1551, 1998; Ord. 1930 § 2, 2017; Ord.
2041 § 28, 2021; Ord. 2063 § 20, 2022; Ord. 2088, 11/9/2023)
A. Permitted
Projections Above Building Height Limit.
1. Roof structures for the housing of elevators skylights and required
stairways, or the screening of mechanical equipment, and chimneys
may be erected above the height limits herein prescribed when approved
by the director of planning and building or the planning commission.
2. No penthouse or roof structures or any space above the height limit
shall be allowed or may be used to provide additional living or floor
space.
3. Pedestrian entry features which encompass an area no greater than
60 square feet, and do not provide usable interior space, may be erected
above the height limits herein prescribed, but to no greater height
than 15 feet, when approved by the director of planning and building
or the planning commission.
B. Buildings
or Structures, Including but not Limited to Mobilehomes, Erected in
all Zones or Districts.
No mechanical equipment or duct work shall be allowed on the
roof unless it is located in an orderly fashion to blend in with its
surroundings and is concealed by roof structure, or other approved
screening, which is no less than six inches greater in height than
the equipment being screened. Required screening shall be an integral
part of the architecture. The planning commission or the director
of planning and building may otherwise approve such equipment which
may not meet this requirement if it is located in an orderly fashion
to blend in with its surroundings; in no case shall duct work be exposed.
C. Evaporative
Coolers.
1. Existing Construction.
Evaporative coolers shall be allowed on the roof of residential
structures built before April 15, 1981. Those existing structures
covered by Section 94.04.00 (Architectural approval) shall completely
screen all mechanical equipment of roof areas unless, in the opinion
of the planning director, the placement of evaporative coolers would
not be detrimental to the architectural character of the structure.
No exposed ducting shall be allowed. For flat roof structures and
pitched roof structures without attic space, the evaporative cooler
is to be located as far to the rear of the structure as practicable.
For pitched roof structures with attic space, the evaporative cooler
shall be side mounted under the eave. If a side mount is not practical
due to setback restrictions, then an installation as though it were
a flat roof structure is allowed.
2. New Residential Construction.
New residential construction shall take into consideration the
future use of evaporative coolers and shall incorporate into the design
or so place such equipment on the structure so such equipment is not
seen from any public right-of-way. Custom designed residences may
be granted an exemption from this requirement if, in the opinion of
the building and safety director, the size or design of the structure
precludes the efficient use of evaporative cooling.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1347, 1990; Ord. 1418, 1992; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 2004 § 3, 2019)
For the purpose of this section, a "high-rise building" is defined
as a building or structure which exceeds 35 feet in height or as otherwise
permitted. In all cases, high-rise buildings shall be subject to approval
of a conditional use permit or planned development district, pursuant
to Section 94.02.00 or Section 94.03.00, and shall be considered in
only those zones where specifically permitted, pursuant to the following
standards:
A. Sixty
percent of a site area for high-rise building shall be developed as
usable landscaped open space and outdoor living and recreation area
and shall be so designated on the site plan. The remaining 40% of
a site area may be used for buildings and parking. Required landscaping
for surface parking areas shall not be included in the 60% open space
requirement. To insure that all required open space shall remain in
perpetuity, the owner shall offer to dedicate development rights for
all open space required by this Zoning Code.
B.
1. Maximum height of high-rise buildings shall be 60 feet. An additional
15 feet maximum may be allowed for stairways, elevators and mechanical
equipment on the roof; provided, the bulk of the building does not
appear to be over 60 feet.
2. On Indian Land, the maximum height of high-rise buildings shall be
100 feet. This shall include all appurtenances on such buildings,
and shall be measured from any point of the natural elevation of the
ground at the building line, before grading, to the maximum projection
on top of the building above the same point.
C.
1. A high-rise building shall have a minimum setback of three feet of
horizontal setback for each one foot of vertical rise of the building.
This setback requirement is to be measured from property lines except
when a site in question abuts a street. Then it shall be measured
from the right-of-way line on the opposite site of the abutting street.
The city's general plan street plan shall be used to determine the
right-of-way line, and in no case shall more than 100 feet of street
right-of-way be used in determining a setback distance. The minimum
setback for any structure, regardless of height, shall be as prescribed
by the underlying zone.
2. Exception.
In industrial zones, except for properties which abut a property
in a residential zone, a high-rise building shall have a minimum setback
of one foot of horizontal setback for each one foot of vertical rise
of the building. This setback requirement is to be measured from all
property lines.
3. On Indian Land, a high-rise building shall have a minimum setback
of one foot of horizontal setback distance from the short dimension
of the lot and one and one-half (1 1/2) feet of horizontal setback
distance from the long dimension of the lot for each one foot of vertical
rise of the building. All setbacks shall be measured from property
lines.
D. Proximity
to Low-density Development.
When a high-rise building is adjacent to or across the street from an R-1 zone or properties in an area designated on the general plan for low-density residential development, such high-rise building shall have a minimum setback from the closest part of said R-1 zone or low-density residential designation of six feet of horizontal distance for each one foot of vertical rise of the building, as measured in subsection
C of this section.
F. High-rise
buildings shall be designed to insure that each structure fits into
the resort character of the community and blends in with the natural
surroundings.
G. The
city council may alter the provisions of this section upon finding
that the intent of this section is met.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1418, 1992; Ord. 1553, 1998)
A. Access
Required.
1. Each building or structure or use shall have permanent vehicular
access to the approved public or private street or right-of-way on
which the lot or building site has frontage, unless a secondary means
of permanent vehicular access such as a service road or alley has
been approved by the planning commission.
2. The access strip of a flag lot shall not be less than 30 feet in
width at any point, except in the R-1 zones where it shall not be
less than 16 feet.
B. Access
Rights.
Each lot or building site may have at least one vehicular accessory
from the street on which it has frontage unless the planning commission
determines that such access would be detrimental to existing or anticipated
traffic patterns at that location and that alternate access is available.
C. Location
of Accessways—General.
All vehicular accessways shall be located not less than 30 feet
from the ultimate curb line of intersection streets or as otherwise
approved by the city engineer. A greater distance may be required
depending on street design and use, and other factors as determined
by the city engineer to affect public health and safety.
D. Vehicular
Access to Thoroughfare Frontage.
In order to encourage the sound development of thoroughfare
frontage, the following special provisions shall apply in any location
which abuts a major or secondary highway.
1. Access Barrier.
Access to the highway shall be regulated in the interest of
public safety. Each building or group of buildings used for hotel
or nonresidential purposes, together with its parking or service areas,
shall be physically separated from the highway or street by a curb,
planting strip, or other suitable barrier against unchanneled motor
vehicle ingress or egress, except for accessways as approved by the
planning commission.
2. Turning Area on Lot.
When vehicular access to lots fronting on a major or secondary
thoroughfare is not provided for by way of a service road or alley,
there shall be a paved turning area on the lot to permit motor vehicles
to turn around and head into the thoroughfare.
E. Controlled
Access.
Controlled access is discouraged. Controlled access to developments
shall only be approved by the Planning Commission where the applicant
can establish that the development will be significantly impacted
by unauthorized parking from adjacent uses or traffic impacts from
adjacent uses beyond the design capacity of the internal streets,
and will not negatively impact unauthorized parking, traffic, or public
safety at adjacent uses. When considering applications for controlled
access, the Planning Commission shall evaluate the use of parking
restrictions or traffic calming measures first as an alternative to
controlled access. Where controlled access to a development is proposed
by the use of guardhouses, gates or other similar controls, the design
of such access shall incorporate such features as service and emergency
access, on-site turn-around, relevant signing, or other similar features
as may be required by the Planning Commission.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 1978 § 3, 2019)
A. Intent
and Purpose.
1. These regulations are intended to create properly designed and integrated
off-street parking areas, with adequate capacity, circulation and
landscaping organized aesthetically to positively relate to the use
or building being serviced.
2. "Off-street parking" means an area together with the required number
of parking spaces and improvements thereon, as required by this section,
for vehicle parking and maneuvering necessary to serve particular
land uses, irrespective of the zones in which they occur.
B. General
Provisions.
1. Applicability.
These standards shall apply:
a. Upon construction of any main building;
b. Upon establishment of any off-street parking;
c. Upon alteration or enlargement of an existing building (including
the addition of dwelling units or guest rooms or where the use is
intensified by the addition of floor space or seating capacity).
2.
a. Provision of Off-Street Parking.
Off-street parking required in connection with any existing
building or use shall be provided so long as such building or use
remains. Any off-street parking which is permitted but not required
by this Zoning Code shall comply with all regulations herein.
b. Nothing shall prohibit the employee of a particular use or building,
for which off-street parking is being provided, from using such off-street
parking.
3. Nonconforming Parking.
a. Buildings or uses which have insufficient off-street parking per
the requirements of this Zoning Code, shall not be expanded unless
sufficient additional parking spaces can be provided in accordance
with the standards of this Zoning Code. Existing parking shall be
counted as meeting this requirement only if it is laid out in compliance
with the standards at the time of its establishment.
b. In the case where parking requirements for particular uses become
equal to or more restrictive, those uses established prior to the
change in parking requirements may be continued without providing
additional parking, as long as there is no interruption of such use
for a period greater than 180 days.
c. If such use is interrupted for a greater period, and the parking
is nonconforming for such use, the planning commission may require
reoccupation by a use which meets the intent of the current parking
requirements or may grant continued nonconforming status according
to Section 94.05.06.
d. Where a use which is nonconforming according to the current parking
standards is replaced by another type of use, such new use shall meet
the intent of the current parking requirements.
e. Exceptions.
i. Historic Structures. Class 1 and Class 2 historic buildings shall
be exempt from the requirement to provide additional parking or pay
in-lieu fees for any new use allowed by the Zoning Code for the zone
in which the historic building is located.
ii.
Covered Parking for Residential. Single- or multi-family residential
structures with non-conforming legally constructed covered parking
shall be exempt from the requirement to provide additional covered
parking or enlarging the covered parking area, if either (1) remodeling
or adding to an existing dwelling or (2) establishing a Type 1 ADU
in accordance with Section 93.23.14.
4. Computation of Required Off-Street Parking Spaces.
When computation of the required number of parking spaces results
in a fractional parking space, one additional parking space shall
be required for one-half (½) or more fractional parking space
and any fractional space less than one-half (½) of a parking
space shall not be counted.
5. Location.
a. Single- or Multiple-family Dwellings and Hotels.
Parking facilities shall be located on the same lot or building
site as the buildings they are required to serve.
b. Hospitals, Rest or Convalescent Homes, Boarding or Rooming Houses
and Fraternity and Sorority Houses.
Parking facilities shall be located not more than 150 feet from
the building they are required to serve.
i. Exception.
When approved by the planning commission, hospitals may provide
parking facilities more than 150 feet from the building they are required
to serve; provided that, an automatic parking gate or similar method
of control approved by the commission shall be installed to insure
that the parking lot will not be used by other developments in the
area.
c. Other Uses.
Parking facilities shall be located not more than 300 feet from
the building or use they are required to serve, except as follows:
i. Note.
Distances specified in subsections (B)(5)(a), (B)(5)(b) and
(B)(5)(c) of this section shall be measured from the nearest point
of the parking facility to the nearest point of the building or use
served by such parking.
6. Mixed Uses or Occupancies.
In the case of mixed uses or occupancies, the total number of required off-street parking spaces shall be the sum of the requirements for the various uses computed separately. Off-street parking facilities provided for one use shall not be considered as providing the requirement parking facilities for any other use, unless a joint use of parking facilities has been approved by the Planning Commission as specified in this section. Parking requirements for mixed-use developments, as that term is defined in Section
91.00.10, shall be calculated in accordance with the requirements of subsection (D)(7) or subsection (D)(20), as may be applicable.
7. Joint Use of Off-Street Parking Facilities.
In the case of uses which operate at hours not coincident with
adjacent uses, parking credit may be given for the use of those adjacent
parking spaces under the following conditions:
a. Sufficient evidence shall be presented to the Director demonstrating
that no substantial conflict in the principal hours or periods of
peak demand of the structures or uses for which the joint use is proposed
will exist;
b. The credited space may not exceed the distance authorized in this
section from the subject use;
c. The spaces must be attributed to the user by a covenant running with
the land from the owner designating the spaces and their hours of
use to the subject use; or
d. A lease agreement from the owner to the subject user specifying the
spaces and their hours of use with a requirement to notify the city
if the lease is broken.
8.
a. In-Lieu Payments.
In the C-B-D zone, in-lieu of furnishing the parking spaces
required by the provisions of this section, the parking requirement
or any portion thereof may be satisfied by the payment of such amount
as may be prescribed by resolution of the city council, into the parking
fund of the city prior to the issuance of a building permit. In-lieu
parking may be used to satisfy requirements in other zones only if
a parking district has been established to include the subject property.
b. Funds placed in the parking fund of the city, pursuant to the provisions
of this section, shall be used and expended exclusively for the purpose
of acquiring and developing off-street parking facilities, limited
insofar as practicable to the general vicinity of the premises for
which the in-lieu payments were made.
9. Uses Not Specified.
Where the parking requirement for a use is not specifically
defined herein, the parking requirement for such use shall be determined
by the planning commission in the manner set forth in Section 94.01.00;
and such determination shall be based upon the requirement for the
most comparable use specified herein.
10. Administrative Relief.
The Director may grant a reduction of width of required parking spaces by not more than six inches and modification of other design standards subject to the finding that special circumstances would deprive the subject property of privileges enjoyed by other properties in the vicinity. Administrative relief from the number of parking spaces required by this section may be granted by the director of planning and building in the manner set forth in Section
94.06.01 (Minor modification).
11. Specific Parking Plan.
Economies in parking may be achieved by large or mixed use developments.
The Director may approve a specific parking plan for these kinds of
development under a land use permit.
12. Electric Vehicle Charging Spaces and Stations.
a. Electric vehicle charging spaces and stations shall be permitted
as an accessory use within any existing residential garage or carport,
or within any existing legal commercial/industrial/ civic parking
space in a parking lot or in a parking garage.
b.
Electric vehicle charging spaces
shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of the California
Green Building Standards Code and as follows in Section (b)(1) to
(b)(3) below.
1)
New construction – nonresidential uses. Electric vehicle
charging spaces shall be provided in accordance with the following
table:
Total Number of Actual Parking Spaces
|
Number of EV Charging Spaces
|
---|
0-9
|
0
|
10-25
|
1
|
26-50
|
2
|
51-75
|
4
|
76-100
|
5
|
101-150
|
7
|
151-200
|
10
|
201 and over
|
6 percent of total spaces, rounded up to the nearest whole number.
|
2)
Remodeling or expansion of existing developments – nonresidential
uses. Electric vehicle charging spaces shall be provided as listed
in the table in Section (b)(1) only for new parking spaces that are
added due to the expansion or change in use. No electric vehicle charging
spaces shall be required for the parking spaces that were in existence
prior to the expansion or change in use.
3)
New construction – multifamily residential uses. Ten percent
of the total number of parking spaces for the development shall be
pre-wired and capable of supporting future electric vehicle charging
stations. Calculations for the required number of electric vehicle
charging stations shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
c.
Any spaces reserved for electric
vehicle charging stations shall be clearly marked with signage and
shall meet the parking design standards set out in Subdivision C of
this Section. Electric vehicle charging spaces shall count toward
the required number of parking spaces as follows:
1)
A parking space served by electric vehicle supply equipment
(as defined in the California Green Building Standards Code) or a
parking space designated as a future electric vehicle charging space
shall count as at least one standard automobile parking space for
the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space
requirements set out in Subdivision D of this Section.
2)
An accessible parking space with an access aisle served by electric
vehicle supply equipment or an accessible parking space with an aisle
designated as a future electric vehicle charging space shall count
as at least two standard automobile parking spaces for the purpose
of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements
set out in Subdivision D of this Section.
3)
This subdivision does not modify the approval requirements for an electric vehicle charging station pursuant to Chapter
8.105 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code.
d. Electric vehicle supply equipment shall comply with the Palm Springs
Building Code, including all applicable provisions of the California
Electrical Code and the California Green Building Standards Code pertaining
to electric vehicle supply equipment, and shall not reduce the size
of the parking space. Electric cords shall not a cross a pathway.
C. Parking
Design Standards.
1. Plot Layout Plan.
The layout plan of any proposed parking shall be completely
dimensioned and shall include all of the informational requirements
as set forth in the appropriate application forms.
In addition, the site plan shall indicate the following:
a. School plot plans shall indicate: number of employees (including
teachers and professional staff); number of students at ultimate enrollment;
and square footage of assembly areas or number of seats;
b. Plot plans for places of public assembly shall indicate, the number
of seats in assembly area; or if no fixed seating, the total gross
floor area of the assembly areas;
c. Multiple-residential plot plans are to indicate the number of bedrooms
in each unit as well as total number of units;
d. Hospital plot plans shall indicate the number of beds and total gross
floor area;
e. Automotive repair shop plans are to indicate the number of service
bays and number of hydraulic lifts;
f. Restaurants, discotheques and cabarets are to indicate the square
footage of area where the public is served and/or the amount of proposed
seating.
2. Improvement of Parking Areas.
All parking areas shall be improved per city specifications
as follows:
a. Graded for Adequate Drainage.
All drainage flows shall be carried by concrete gutters or swales.
b. The minimum pavement section shall be a minimum of two and one-half
(2-1/2) inch asphalt concrete pavement over native soil, or equal.
The pavement section shall be designed using "R" values, determined
by a licensed soils engineer and submitted with the fine grading plan
to the city engineer for approval.
c. Parking stalls clearly delineated with a four to six inch stripe;
"hairpin" or elongated "U" design; or other approved striping or stall
delineation, except for single-family dwellings.
d. Continuous six inch concrete curbs installed to serve as wheel stops
for cars, edging for planting areas, and protection for walls at entrances
and exits, located no closer than five feet from any building, hedge
or fence, except for parking garages where a two foot minimum protection
space is required from the nose of the space to the face of the wall.
3. Landscape Treatment.
Landscaping shall be incorporated into the design of all off-street
parking areas, including covered, decked or underground parking (but
which may require special landscape treatment), as follows:
a. Parking Lot Shading.
Trees, of suitable eventual size, spread and climatic conditioning,
shall be placed throughout the parking area to provide adequate shade
for pedestrians and vehicles. Shade trees shall be placed so as to
shade the following amount of the total parking area:
Parking Spaces Required
|
Percentage of Total Parking Area to be Shaded
|
---|
5—24 spaces
|
30% minimum
|
25—49 spaces
|
40% minimum
|
50+ spaces
|
50% minimum
|
i. Tree coverage shall be determined by the approximate crown diameter
of each tree at 15 years of age.
ii.
A shade plan shall be submitted with detailed landscaping plans,
which shows canopies after 15 years growth to confirm the above percentages.
Tree locations should not interfere with required lighting of public
areas or parking areas.
b. Landscaped Planters and Perimeter Treatment.
Trees shall be placed in planters that must also include plant
material such as groundcover or appropriate vines and screen shrubs.
Boulders, gravel and the like, may be integrated with plant material
into a well-conceived plan; berming or other aesthetic approaches
integrating into the overall design are encouraged.
i. Alternative.
The planning commission may approve covered parking structures
to be incorporated into the landscape shading for the purposes of
providing equivalent shaded area.
c. Labeling the Plant Material.
A plant list shall be included giving the botanical and common
names of the plants to be used.
d. Irrigation System.
An automatic irrigation system sufficient to sustain healthy
planted areas shall be provided. Irrigation water shall be contained
within property lines.
4. Lighting.
Parking lot lighting must be in accordance with Section 93.21.00,
Outdoor lighting standards.
5. Bicycle Parking.
Bicycle racks or bicycle parking facilities may be required
in any development submitted for architectural approval after the
effective date of this Zoning Code. If required, the location and
design of these facilities shall be shown on the site plan.
6. Tandem Parking.
Automobile parking so arranged as to require the moving of any
vehicle in order to enter or leave any other stall shall be prohibited
in any zone unless specifically approved by the Director. Tandem parking
spaces may be permitted in the R-1-E zone, subject to all other applicable
development standards.
7. Traffic Circulation Within Off-street Parking Areas.
Parking stalls, driveways, porte cocheres and landscape planters
shall be arranged so that a free flow of vehicular traffic and adequate
site clearances are permitted at all times. City standards and specifications
relating to curve radii and similar maneuvering requirements shall
apply.
8. On-site Turn-around.
Automobile parking so arranged as to require the backing of
motor vehicles onto a major or secondary highway shall be prohibited
in any zone.
9. Pedestrian Walkways.
Pedestrian walkways shall be provided between the parking area
and the building or use being served.
10. Handicapped Parking Spaces (for all projects other than single-family
residential development).
If parking spaces are provided for self-parking by employees
or visitors, or both, then accessible spaces complying with this section
and state and federal guidelines shall be provided according to the
table below. These spaces need not be provided in the particular parking
lot but may be provided in a different location, subject to Section
93.06.00(B) and approval by the Director, if equivalent or greater
accessibility, cost and convenience is ensured.
Number of Parking Spaces Provided
|
Handicap Spaces Required
|
---|
1—25 spaces
|
1 space
|
26—50 spaces
|
2 spaces
|
51—75 spaces
|
3 spaces
|
76—100 spaces
|
4 spaces
|
101—150 spaces
|
5 spaces
|
151-200 spaces
|
6 spaces
|
201—300 spaces
|
7 spaces
|
301—400 spaces
|
8 spaces
|
401—500 spaces
|
9 spaces
|
501—1000 spaces
|
2% of total
|
1001+ spaces
|
20, plus 1 for each 100 total spaces over 1000
|
At facilities providing medical care and other services
for person with mobility impairments, parking space shall be provided
according to the table above except as follows:
a. Outpatient Units and Facilities.
Ten percent of the total number of parking spaces provided serving
the unit or facility,
b. Units and Facilities That Specialize in Treatment or Services for
Person With Mobility Impairments.
Twenty percent of the total number of parking spaces provided
serving the unit or facility.
Individual spaces shall be nine feet wide plus a five foot walkway
at the right side; two spaces can share a common walkway. Ramp access
shall be provided from the parking area to the interior walkway system.
One in every eight accessible spaces, but not less than one, shall
be served by an eight foot walkway at the right side and shall be
designated as "van accessible."
|
11. Controlled Access to Off-street Parking Areas.
Proposed off-street parking areas designed to control public
access shall require planning commission approval upon recommendation
from the fire and police departments and traffic engineer. Ingress
and egress design should include vehicle maneuvering and "stacking"
space to avoid internal and external traffic conflict.
12. Off-street Parking Adjacent to Streets.
Where parking areas front, side or rear on a street, there shall
be a landscaped boarder of not less than 10 feet in depth, adjacent
to the property line, and a decorative solid masonry wall and/or landscaped
berm at least four feet in height plus adequate landscaping shall
be erected between the property line and the paved parking area, unless
otherwise prescribed in this Zoning Code. Such wall or berming shall
be reduced to 30 inches in overall height within any corner cutoff
area. (See Exhibit "B," found at the end of this section).
13. Off-street Parking Abutting Residential Zones.
Where parking areas side or rear directly on a residential zone,
a solid masonry wall six feet in height shall be installed on the
property line, such wall shall be reduced to a maximum four and one-half
(4 1/2) feet in height within the front or side front area of the
adjacent property, and a landscape border not less than five feet
in width shall be installed between the wall and the paved parking
area. (See Exhibit "C," found at the end of this section).
14. Off-street Parking Abutting Nonresidential Zones.
Where parking directly abuts a nonresidential zone, there shall
be a five foot landscape border adjacent to the property line. (See
Exhibit "D," found at the end of this section).
15. Parking Bays.
Along local and collector streets in residential, commercial
and industrial zones, parking may be provided in bays opening directly
into the street, subject to the approval of the planning commission.
The arrangement shall be developed in accordance with current city
specifications and shall conform to the following standards (See Exhibit
"E," found at the end of this section).
a. Parking shall be installed at an angle of 90 degrees with the street.
Each stall shall be at least nine feet wide and 18 feet deep, and
entirely on private property.
b. There shall be a landscaped area with a minimum width of nine feet
between each five parking spaces in a parking bay.
c. In the case of a corner lot, no bay shall be nearer than 30 feet
to the ultimate right-of-way lines of the intersecting local street.
For intersecting streets other than local streets, no bay shall be
nearer than 100 feet to the ultimate right-of-way of the intersecting
major or secondary thoroughfare, and 50 feet to the ultimate right-of-way
line of the intersecting collector street. This dimension may be varied
upon approval by the city traffic engineer where it can be determined
there will not be a detrimental affect on public health, safety and
welfare.
d. No parking bay or driveway opening shall be installed closer than
six feet to any side or rear lot line.
e. For residential and commercial zones, paving material shall be decorative
paving, colored and/or patterned to relate to the overall design.
f. For industrial zones paving material shall be six inch concrete or
asphalt concrete with minimum two and one-half (2 1/2) inch thickness.
g. A continuous six inch concrete curb shall be installed to serve as
a wheelstop, located no closer than five feet from any building, wall
or fence. Individual wheelstops shall be prohibited unless approved
by the Director.
16. Underground, Decked and Covered Parking.
The minimum dimensions for underground, decked or covered parking
shall be as required for uncovered surface area parking as specified
throughout this section, except additional minimum dimensions may
be necessary for specific circulation conditions resulting from underground
or decked parking.
a. A level transition area between the street and a ramp serving underground
or decked parking shall be provided for a distance which will provide
adequate site distance at the street.
b. Landscaping shall be incorporated into parking structures to blend
them into the environment. This shall include perimeter grade planting
and rooftop landscaping as deemed appropriate by the planning commission.
17. Compact Car Parking.
Up to 40% of the total parking provided may be compact spaces,
subject to planning commission approval. The first 20 spaces of any
proposal shall be standard sized spaces. Compact parking space dimensions
shall be eight feet by 15 feet (90 degree parking). Spaces shall be
properly marked for compact cars only.
18. Drive-through Facilities.
Such facilities shall conform to the following regulations.
Exceptions to these regulations may be permitted by the planning commission
when existing on- or off-site conditions warrant alternative design
solutions.
a. Safe on-and off-site traffic and pedestrian circulation shall be
provided, including, but not limited to, traffic circulation which
does not conflict with entering or exiting traffic to the site, parking
or pedestrian movements.
b. A stacking area shall be provided for each service window or machine
and shall provide a minimum of seven tandem standing spaces inclusive
of the vehicle being serviced. The standing spaces shall not extend
into the public right-of-way nor interfere with any internal circulation
patterns. Vehicles at service windows or machines shall be provided
with a shade structure.
c. The drive-through facility shall be designed to integrate with existing
or proposed structures, including roof lines, building materials,
signage and landscaping.
d. Amplification equipment, lighting and location of drive-through elements
and service windows shall be screened from public rights-of-way and
adjacent properties.
D. Off-street
Parking Requirements.
The number of off-street parking spaces required shall be no
less than the following for all zones within the city of Palm Springs
unless otherwise noted in this Zoning Code:
1. Automobile Rental Agencies.
One space for each 200 square feet of gross floor area, plus
one storage parking space for each vehicle to be stored on the lot.
(Number of storage spaces to be determined by the maximum number of
vehicles to be stored at any one time.)
2. Automobile Service Stations.
Four spaces plus four spaces for each service bay. Exception:
Stations with mini-marts shall provide parking at the rate of one
space for every 200 square feet of gross floor area within enclosed
structures plus one space for water/air dispensers, if provided.
Note: Submitted plans shall show the number of service bays
and number of hydraulic lifts.
3. Banks, Savings and Loans, and Other Financial Institutions.
One space for every 200 square feet of gross floor area. (For
drive-through, see Section 93.06.00(C)(18)). Off-street parking spaces
provided in the drive-through parking area may be considered as part
of the required parking provision, at the discretion of the planning
commission.
4. Bowling Alleys.
Five spaces for each alley, plus two for each billiard table,
plus one for each five seats in any gallery.
5. Cabarets, Cocktail Lounges and Discotheques, as a Separate Use or
Within a Restaurant.
One space for every 35 square feet of gross floor area where
the public is served, or one space for every three seats.
6. Cannabis Facilities.
a. Cannabis cultivation facilities shall be parked at a rate of one
space for every 1,000 gross square feet of area for the first 10,000
square feet of gross floor area, and one space for each 5,000 square
feet of gross floor area thereafter.
b. Cannabis dispensaries shall be parked at a rate of one space for
every 300 gross square feet of retail dispensary space or office space.
c. Cannabis lounges shall be parked at a rate of one space for every
three seats, or one space for every 35 square feet where the public
is served. Cannabis Lounge facilities within the "D" Downtown Parking
Combining Zone may be parked at a rate of one space for every four
seats, or one space for every 50 square feet where the public is served.
d. Cannabis manufacturing facilities shall be parked at a rate of one
space for every 1,000 gross square feet of area.
e. Cannabis testing facilities shall be parked at a rate of one space
for every 300 gross square feet of area.
f. Cannabis transportation and distribution facilities shall be parked
at a rate of one space for every 1,000 gross square feet of area.
7. Car Wash.
Four spaces and stacking parking equal to five times the capacity
of the car wash; five for every two self-operated wash stalls.
8. C-B-D Zone (Central Business District) Parking Requirements.
a. Uses within the central business district (C-B-D) zone shall provide
one space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area where parking
is to be provided on site at the time of development. Where "in-lieu"
payments are used to satisfy parking requirements, then the parking
requirement shall be at the ratio of one space for each 400 square
feet of gross floor area.
b. Mixed-use developments, which exceed 20,000 square feet of gross
floor area, shall provide one space for each 325 square feet of gross
floor area. Additional parking need not be provided for restaurants,
provided that no more than 25% of the total floor area of the whole
complex is devoted to restaurant use. Parking for residential units
within a mixed-use development shall be provided at a ratio of one-half
(0.5) space per bedroom for the first two bedrooms. No additional
parking spaces shall be required for residential units with more than
two bedrooms.
c. See Section 92.09.04(A) for requirements.
9. Convenience Markets, Supermarkets and Liquor Stores.
One space for every 200 square feet of gross floor area.
10. Neighborhood Shopping Center (C-D-N) zone and community shopping
center (C-S-C) zone uses.
One space for each 225 square feet of gross leasable floor area
for all uses, including restaurants and theaters.
11. Furniture, Appliance Stores, Art Galleries and Interior Decorators.
One space for every 500 square feet of gross floor area, but
not less than five spaces; and one space for every company vehicles.
12. Game Courts.
Three spaces for every one court.
13. Golf Courses (full size) and Driving Ranges.
Six spaces per hole plus the requirements for additional uses
on the site; for driving ranges, one space per tee, plus the requirements
for additional uses on the site. Miniature golf, three spaces per
hole plus additional parking for ancillary commercial uses.
14. Gymnasiums and Health Studios.
One space for each 400 square feet of gross floor area, plus
one for each employee.
15. Homes for the Aged, Sanitariums, Children's Homes, Asylums, Nursing
and Convalescent Homes.
See Section 94.02.00(H)(7). One space for each two beds or one
space for each 1,000 square feet of gross floor area, whichever provided
the greater number, plus one for each three employees.
16. Hospitals.
Two spaces for each bed, plus one space for every vehicle owned
and operated by the hospital.
17. Hotels and Clubs.
a. There shall be provided one garage, carport or open parking space
as an accessory for each of the first 50 guest rooms in any establishment.
b. Establishments with more than 50 guest rooms shall provide 0.75 garages/carports,
or open parking space as an accessory for each guest room in excess
of 50.
Resort hotels and resort hotel complexes shall comply with the
following additional standards:
c. One parking space shall be provided for every 60 square feet of gross
floor area of dining room, bar and dancing areas, and places where
the public is served. As an alternative where seating can be determined,
one parking space for every five seats shall be provided. An additional
20% of the above required parking spaces shall be provided for the
use of the employees.
d. Commercial accessory uses shall provide one parking space for each
employee.
e. Parking for the single largest places of public assembly only, such
as auditoriums, exhibition halls, theaters, convention facilities,
meeting rooms, and other places of public assembly (excluding foyers,
corridors, restrooms, kitchens, storage, and other area not used for
assembly of people) shall be based on the following standards:
i. Up to 30 square feet of the single largest above ancillary facility
may be provided per each guest room without providing additional parking.
ii.
The single large public assembly floor area in excess of 30
square feet per guest room shall provide off-street parking at the
ratio of one space for each 30 square feet or one space for each six
seats if the seats are fixed.
18. Manufacturing and Industrial Uses (including open industrial uses).
One space for each 500 square feet of gross floor area.
19. Mini-warehousing.
Self-storage or Dead Storage. A minimum of six spaces per complex;
additional parking to be as required by the Director. Where a caretaker's
residence is provided, a minimum of two parking spaces shall be provided
for the exclusive use of such residence in addition to those required
for the miniwarehouse function.
20. Mixed-use Developments (with a gross floor area exceeding 20,000
square feet, including retail but excepting the C-B-D zone).
One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area. Additional
parking need not be provided for restaurants, provided that no more
than 25% of the total floor area of the whole complex is devoted to
restaurant use. Parking for residential units within a mixed-use development
shall be provided at a ratio of one-half (0.5) space per bedroom for
the first two bedrooms. No additional parking spaces shall be required
for residential units with more than two bedrooms.
21. Mortuaries and Funeral Homes.
One space for each 20 square feet of floor area of assembly
rooms plus one per employee, plus one for each car owned by such establishments.
22. Motor Vehicle or Machinery Sales.
One space for each 800 square feet of gross floor area to be
clearly delineated as public parking. Plus any parking required for
repairs as specified in Section 93.06.00(D)(2).
23. Motor Vehicle Repair Shops.
Four spaces for each service bay or lift or one space per 100
square feet of gross floor area.
24. Personal Services. One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor
area.
25. Plant Nurseries, Building Materials, Yards and Outdoor Display Sales.
One space for every 500 square feet of gross floor area and/or
outdoor display area, plus one space for every company vehicle.
26. Offices, Nonmedical.
One space for each 200 square feet of gross floor area for facilities
up to 10,000 square feet in floor area. Nonmedical offices with a
floor area which exceeds 10,000 square feet shall provide parking
at one space per 250 square feet of gross floor area in excess of
10,000 square feet.
27. Offices, Medical and Dental.
One space for each 150 square feet of gross floor area for facilities
up to 10,000 square feet in floor area. Medical and dental offices
with a floor area which exceeds 10,000 square feet shall provide parking
at one space per 200 square feet of gross floor area in excess of
10,000 square feet.
28. Private Park and Recreation Uses.
One space for every three persons based upon the approved capacity
of the facility.
29. Public Park and Recreation Uses.
One space for each 8,000 square feet of active recreational
area within a park or playground, plus one space per acre of passive
recreational area within a park or playground.
30. Places of Public Assembly.
Churches, auditoriums, exhibition halls, theatres, convention
facilities, meeting halls, lodges, private clubs, wedding chapels,
and other similar places of public assembly shall provide one off-street
parking space for every four seats, if seats are fixed; one space
for each 35 square feet of assembly area, which does not include foyer,
corridors, restrooms, kitchens, storage and other areas not used for
assembly of people. For churches, off-street parking shall be required
for primary seating only. Submitted plans shall show the number of
seats in the assembly area; or if no fixed seating, the total gross
floor area of the assembly area.
31. Residential Uses.
Note. Submitted plans shall show the number of bedrooms in each
unit as well as total number of units.
a. Single-family Homes.
Two spaces for each dwelling unit, within a garage or carport.
Trellises, or other construction providing a 70% shade factor, may
be used.
b. Condominiums or Residences Within a Planned Development District
(PD).
i. Primary parking (per unit) shall be required as follows:
(A) Studio and efficiency units
|
One primary space
|
(B) One bedroom unit
|
One and one-quarter (1 ¼) primary spaces
|
(C) Two bedroom units
|
One and one-half (1 ½) primary spaces
|
(D) Three or more bedrooms
|
Three-quarters (¾) primary space per bedroom
|
(E) Mobile home parks
|
Two spaces per mobile site
|
ii.
Guest Parking.
In addition to the primary parking required above, one designated
parking space per each four units shall be provided for guest parking,
except that mobile home parks shall provide designated guest parking
at a rate of one space per each seven units, unless guest parking
can be provided on a private street.
iii.
Covered Parking.
(A)
One covered parking space shall be provided for each unit. Trellises
providing a 70% shade factor may be used.
(B)
This requirement shall not apply to existing lots of record
which are substandard in area or dimension requirements as established
elsewhere in the Zoning Code.
c. Apartments.
Apartment uses shall have the same requirements as condominiums
for primary parking and guest parking, except that covered or enclosed
parking spaces are optional.
d. Rooming, Boarding and Fraternity Houses.
One space for each sleeping room or one space for each two beds,
whichever yields the greater number.
32. Restaurants (Freestanding).
One space for each 35 square feet of gross floor area where
the public is served, or one space for every three seats.
a. Restaurants in Large Mixed-use Commercial Complexes.
Additional parking need not be provided for restaurants in mixed-use
commercial complexes (commercial, office, retail) which have a gross
floor area which exceeds 20,000 square feet; provided that, no more
than 25 of the total floor area of the whole complex is devoted to
restaurant use.
b. Note.
Submitted plans shall show the square footage of area where
the public is served and/or the amount of proposed seating.
33. Retail Stores Not Otherwise Specified Herein, Including Ice Cream
Parlors and Donut Shops.
One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area.
34. Schools.
a. Day Nurseries.
One space for each employee plus one space for each five children
in attendance.
b. Elementary and Intermediate.
One space for each employee.
c. High Schools.
One space for each eight enrolled students, plus one space for
each employee.
d. Colleges.
One space for each three enrolled daytime students, plus one
space for each employee.
e. Trade Schools and Business Colleges.
One space for each 150 square feet of gross floor area.
35. Self-service Laundries.
One space for every three machines.
36. Warehousing, Distribution and Wholesaling.
Parking shall be provided in accordance with the table below:
Up to 100,000 SF
|
1 space per 800 SF of gross floor area
|
Next 100,000 SF
|
1 space per 1,250 SF of gross floor area
|
All Additional
|
1 space per 5,000 SF of gross floor
|
Parking, loading, and unloading spaces for trucks and
delivery vehicles shall be in addition to the off-street parking requirements
listed above. Delivery vehicles shall be parked on site in designated
areas. As an alternative to the standards listed above, applicants
may submit a Specific Parking Plan pursuant to Section 93.06.00 where
specific operational standards may warrant a different parking ratio.
E. Design
Dimensions. The off-street parking area design criteria, as set forth
as follows, exemplify minimum dimensions necessary for traffic circulation,
ingress and egress, and public safety to and through parking areas,
while setting aside ample open space to integrate landscaping, lighting
and pedestrian design features into the plan to create an off-street
parking area aesthetically complementary to the urban environment.
In order to allow for innovative designs to be explored, alternate
designs may be considered and approved by the planning commission.
While this provision is not intended to allow deviation from the minimums
as set forth herein, it is to provide flexibility in the application
and structuring of landscaping and related environmental elements.
The following parking lot dimensions shall apply to all parking lots constructed in accordance with this Zoning Code. In event practical difficulties and hardships result from the strict enforcement of the following standards due to existing permanent buildings, or an irregular shaped parcel, administrative relief may be granted by the Director according to Section 93.06.00(B)(10) and Section
94.06.01 (Minor modifications).
Parking Dimensions—Ninety Degree Angle (See Exhibit F-1
found at the end of this section).
1. Parking spaces shall be 17 feet deep (standard) and 15 feet deep (compact), except where nose-to-nose deep (see subsection
E8 of this section).
2. Parking spaces shall be nine feet wide (standard) and eight feet
wide (compact).
3. A driveway adjoining a double row of parking spaces shall be 26 feet
wide. Driveways adjoining a single row of spaces shall be 24 feet
wide.
4. Curbs shall be installed at a minimum of five feet from face of walls,
fences, buildings or other structures. This requirement excepts driveways
that are not a part of the maneuvering area for parking.
5. Peripheral planting areas are required every 10 spaces. The planters
shall have a minimum exterior width of nine feet and provide at least
six foot minimum planting width.
6. Curbs shall be placed at a minimum of two feet from the face of walls, fences or buildings adjoining driveways which are not part of a maneuvering area. (See subsection
E4 of this section where drive adjoins a maneuvering area).
7. Tree wells/median islands shall have a planting area of six feet
in diameter/width.
8. Nose-to-nose parking spaces shall be 19 feet long (standard) and
17 feet long (compact).
9. Cumulative dimensions. (Deleted by Ord. 1300)
10. Driveway widths shall be 24 feet minimum and constructed to city
standards. The Director may require a wider driveway to accommodate
needs.
11. First parking space shall be 10 feet minimum distance from property
line adjacent to the street. The Director may require a greater distance.
12. Six inch PCC curb and gutters shall be installed, except that six
inch PCC vertical curbs may be installed in lieu of curb and gutters
if no drainage is carried along curb line. Where a six inch PCC vertical
curb is used, a two foot wide concrete gutter section shall be installed
along drainage lines. Individual wheelstops shall be prohibited unless
approved by the Director.
13. Concrete walks with a minimum width of two feet shall be installed
adjacent to end parking spaces or end spaces may be increased to 11
feet wide.
14. Curb radii shall be three feet minimum.
15. One-way drives shall be 14 feet minimum wide. Two-way drives shall
be 24 feet minimum wide.
16. Cumulative dimension. (Deleted by Ord. 1300)
17. Parallel parking spaces shall be eight feet wide by 24 feet long.
The length may be reduced to 18 feet, if a six foot separation (no
parking area) is provided between every two spaces.
18. Single-family covered parking spaces shall be 10 feet wide by 20
feet long.
19. Handicapped Parking Spaces. See subsection (C)(10) of Section 93.06.00.Other
dimensions as accepted by the Institute of Traffic Engineers may be
approved by the Director or planning commission.
Aisle Width
|
Parking Angle (In Degrees) 30
|
Parking Angle (In Degrees) 45
|
Parking Angle (In Degrees) 60
|
Parking Angle (In Degrees) 75
|
---|
One-way traffic
|
12′
|
14′
|
18′
|
20′
|
Two-way traffic
|
20′
|
21′
|
22′
|
22′
|
*
|
These dimensions are face-of-curb to face-of-curb for curb and
gutter aisles, or edge of pavement to edge of pavement for strip paved
aisles.
|
*
|
Nose-to-nose parking spaces shall be an additional two feet
in length.
|
Exhibit D. Parking Abutting Non-Residential
|
Exhibit F. Parking Design Dimensions
|
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1300, 1988; Ord. 1347, 1990; Ord. 1366, 1991; Ord. 1418, 1992; Ord. 1551, 1995; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 1565, 1999; Ord. 1590 §§ 15, 16, 2000; Ord. 1840 § 1, 2014; Ord. 1977 §§ 17—20, 2019; Ord. 1979 § 7, 2019; Ord. 1984 § 25, 2019; Ord. 2007 § 32, 2019; Ord.
2020 §§ 44—46, 2020; Ord. 2025 § 3, 2020; Ord.
2031 § 44-48, 2020; Ord. 2038 § 3, 2021; Ord. 2041 §
29, 2021; Ord. 2056 § 11, 2022; Ord. 2063 § 22, 2022)
Sections 93.07.01 and 93.07.02 contain the off-street loading
regulations and trash enclosures regulations, respectively.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Editorially amended during codification)
A. General
Provisions.
Every hospital, institution, hotel, commercial or industrial
building hereafter erected or established shall have and maintain
loading spaces as provided in Section 93.07.01(B) and (C), subject
to conditions herein and constructed to the minimum standards established
by the department of community development.
1. Loading spaces shall be not less than 12 feet in width, 40 feet in
length, and with 14 feet in vertical clearance. Loading areas shall
be screened from view from adjacent properties and streets.
2. When the lot upon which the loading spaces are located abuts upon
an alley, such loading spaces shall have access from the alley. The
length of the loading space may be measured perpendicular to or parallel
with the alley. Where such loading area is parallel with the alley
and the lot is 50 feet or less in width, the loading area shall extend
across the full width of the lot.
3. There shall be no more than one entry or exit to 80 feet of lot frontage
or fractions thereof, except as otherwise provided in the zone regulations.
4. Loading spaces shall be so located and designed that trucks need
not back into a street or alley.
5. No part of an alley or street shall be used for loading excepting
areas designated by the city for loading.
6. Loading space being maintained in connection with any existing main
building existing on the effective date of this Zoning Code shall
thereafter be maintained so long as such building remains, unless
an equivalent number of such spaces are provided on a contiguous lot
in conformity with the requirements of this section; provided, however,
that this regulation shall not require the maintenance of more loading
space than is required for a new building, nor the maintenance of
such space for any type of main building other than those specified
above.
7. No loading space which is provided for the purpose of complying with
the provisions of this Zoning Code shall hereafter be eliminated,
reduced, or converted in any manner below the requirements established
in this Zoning Code, unless equivalent facilities are provided elsewhere,
conforming to this Zoning Code.
8. Parking and drive areas may be used to satisfy the requirements of
the required loading spaces, if approved by the planning commission.
B. Loading
Spaces Required.
The following off-street loading spaces shall be provided for
all hospitals, institutions, hotels, commercial and industrial uses
unless otherwise approved by the planning commission.
Gross Floor Area
|
Loading Spaces Required
|
---|
1. Commercial and Industrial Buildings
|
3,000—15,000
|
1
|
15,001—40,000
|
2
|
40,001—and over
|
3
|
2. Hospitals and Institutions
|
10,000—50,000
|
1
|
50,001—100,000
|
2
|
100,001—and over
|
3
|
3. Hotels and Restaurants
|
1
|
C. Mixed
Occupancies.
In the case of mixed uses, the total number of required loading
spaces shall be the sum of the requirements for the various uses computed
separately. Loading space facilities for one use shall not be considered
as providing required loading space facilities for any other use.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1347, 1990; Ord. 1553, 1998)
A. A
trash enclosure shall be provided for all uses in each zone district,
except single-family zones. The requirements of this section shall
not apply in the C-M, M-1, M-1-P and M-2 zones when a property is
completely enclosed by walls and buildings. The trash enclosure shall
be constructed so that the contents, including trash containers, recycling
containers, and organic waste containers, shall not be visible from
a height of five feet above ground level on any street frontage.
The construction of the trash enclosure shall be constructed
to the minimum standards established by the department of planning
and building, shall be subject to architectural review (Section 94.04.00),
and shall conform to the following general standards:
1. The enclosure shall be constructed of masonry block or decorative
block or other durable material. Texture and color shall blend with
the architecture of the building.
2. Height of the enclosure shall be sufficient to conceal the contents
of the enclosure, including containers, but in no case, less than
six feet (for bins) or three feet six inches (for cans) measured from
finish grade at the exterior of the enclosure.
3. Baffled openings to the enclosure are suggested; provided that, if
all or a portion of the contents are stored in mechanically unloaded
steel bins of the dumpster type, a gate with a clear opening of nine
feet shall be provided for access to the enclosure. Gate height shall
be equal to enclosure height, and the gate shall be equipped with
a latch or other device to ensure the gate remains closed when not
in use. The gate shall be of a durable material, color and design
which will blend with the enclosure. Contents of the enclosure shall
not be visible when the gate is closed.
4. The enclosure shall be so oriented on the property that convenient
access is provided for waste disposal service approved by the planning
commission. If mechanically unloaded bins are utilized, paved access
to the gate opening shall be provided which will allow entry of the
waste disposal truck without excessive maneuvering.
5. The enclosure shall be constructed with a concrete floor and designed
so that it can be washed out and kept in a sanitary condition.
B. Single-family
Zones.
Trash containers shall be stored so that they are concealed
from public view and located within 50 feet of the street, alley or
access way from which trash removal service is delivered.
C. Recyclable
Material Enclosures.
1. At least one recyclable materials enclosure, accommodating a minimum
three cubic yard bin, shall be provided for all uses as stated in
Section 93.07.02 including single-family residential developments
which include a trash collection area serving five or more units.
Such enclosure shall adhere to all requirements set forth in Section
93.07.02(A).
2. Recyclable material enclosures shall be incorporated into the required
trash and organic waste enclosure structure or located in proximity
to these enclosures.
3. Each enclosure shall include a sign, identifying the use of the bin
for storage or recyclable materials, placed on the enclosure entrance
gates and shall be no larger than two square feet in size.
D. Organic
Waste Material Enclosures.
1. At least one organic waste material enclosure shall be provided for
all uses as stated in Section 93.07.02 including single-family residential
developments which include a trash collection area serving five or
more units. Such enclosure shall adhere to all requirements set forth
in Section 93.07.02(A). The size of the organic waste material enclosure
shall be based on the anticipated needs of the building or buildings
being served.
2. Organic waste material enclosures shall be incorporated into the
required trash and recyclable material enclosure structure or located
in proximity to this structure.
3. Each enclosure shall include a sign, identifying the use of the bin
for storage of organic waste materials, placed on the enclosure entrance
gates and shall be no larger than two square feet in size.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1347, 1990; Ord. 1457, 1993; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 2020 § 47, 2020; Ord. 2063 § 21, 2022)
A. It
is unlawful to commence any work pertaining to the erection, construction,
re-construction, moving, conversion or alteration of any building,
or any addition to any building, until a building permit shall be
secured from the director of building and safety by any owner or his
agent for said work.
B. No
building or land shall be occupied or used unless a certificate of
occupancy, and a license for such use where required, is first obtained
from the department or person vested with the duty or authority to
issue same.
C. Each
application for a building permit shall be made on a printed form
to be obtained at the department of building and safety and shall
be accompanied by accurate information and dimensions as to the size
and location of the lot; the size and location of the buildings on
the lot, the dimensions of all yards and open spaces; and such other
information as may be necessary for the enforcement of these regulations.
Where complete and accurate information is not readily available for
existing records, the department of building and safety may require
the applicant to furnish a survey of the lot prepared by a licensed
surveyor. The original of such application shall be kept in the office
of the department of building and safety.
D. Dedication
of Streets.
1. The applicant for a building permit in any zone district shall dedicate
street right-of-way as follows:
a. To provide for a half-street in accordance with the ultimate right-of-way
shown by the city's general plan street plan;
b. To provide for a minimum half-street of 25 feet for any street not
shown on the city's general plan street plan. This requirement may
be modified by the planning commission for hillside streets or for
streets within developed neighborhoods;
c. To provide for right-of-way as required by a planned development
district plan or specific plan.
2. Street dedication shall not be required as follows:
a. When a building permit is issued for the purpose of remodeling, and
such remodeling does not involve extensive construction of the front
of the building;
b. When a building permit is issued for an addition to a commercial,
industrial or multifamily residential property which does not increase
the floor area of an existing structure by more than 10% and such
addition, in the opinion of the Building Official, does not increase
the intensity of use of the property involved;
c. When a building permit is issued for an addition to a single-family
residential property which does not increase the floor area of an
existing structure by more than 40%;
d. When a building permit is issued for the purpose of the demolition
of a structure;
e. When a building permit is issued for the construction of a wall,
as long as such wall is not to be constructed within an existing right-of-way
or any future right-of-way as indicated by the general plan street
plan;
f. When an Urban Lot Split application is approved in accordance with Section
9.62.055 of the Municipal Code.
E. Improvements.
1. The applicant for a building permit shall provide for the street
improvements to be installed abutting the lots desired to be built
upon. Such street improvements shall include the half street, concrete
curbs and gutters and sidewalks in accordance with adopted standards.
If the City Engineer determines, in his reasonable discretion and
based upon sound engineering principles that the public health, safety
and welfare would be served by omitting or deferring installation
of any portion of such street improvements, the building permit may
be issued. The owner or owners of record of the premises to which
the building permit would apply, shall provide a covenant to install
such improvement when notified by the city to do so, or, alternatively,
to waive and forego any protest of the formation of an assessment
district for the installation of such improvement. Any such covenant
shall run with the land, shall bind the owner(s) and his or their
successors in interest, and shall be in form sufficient to enable
the same to be recorded in the office of the county recorder of Riverside
County. Fire hydrants shall be installed by the developer for all
construction in accordance with the requirements of the fire department.
2. Street improvements shall not be required as follows:
a. When a building permit is issued for the purpose of remodeling, and
such remodeling does not involve extensive construction of the front
of the building;
b. When a building permit is issued for an addition to a commercial,
industrial or multifamily residential property which does not increase
the floor area of an existing structure by more than 10% and such
addition, in the opinion of the Director, does not increase the intensity
of use of the property involved;
c. When a building permit is issued for an addition to a single-family
residential property which does not increase the floor area of an
existing structure by more than 40%;
d. When a building permit is issued for the purpose of the demolition
of a structure;
e. When a building permit is issued for the construction of a wall,
as long as such wall is not to be constructed within an existing right-of-way
or any future right-of-way as indicated by the general plan street
plan;
f. When an Urban Lot Split application is approved in accordance with Section
9.62.055 of the Municipal Code.
F. No
building permit shall be issued for the erection or use of any structure
or part thereof, or for the use of any land which is not in accordance
with the provisions of this Zoning Code and in conformity with the
approved Development Permit or conditional use permit, where required
by this Zoning Code. Any permit issued contrary to the provisions
of this Zoning Code or not in conformity with the approved Development
Permit or conditional use permit shall be void and of no effect.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1536, 1996; Ord. 2042 § 6, 2021; Ord. 2063 §§
23, 24, 2022)
The following conditions shall apply to all buildings and uses,
with the exceptions as indicated in subsection B of this section.
A. For
Use of Buildings.
1. No building hereafter erected, moved, enlarged or altered shall be
occupied, used, or changed in use until after a certificate of occupancy
shall have been issued by the Department. Such certificate shall be
applied for coincident with the application for a building permit
and shall be issued only after such building, enlargement or alteration
has been completed in conformity with the provisions of this Zoning
Code and with an approved Development Permit and required conditions
(when these apply), and when the proposed use conforms to the Zoning
Code and required conditions (when these apply).
2. Any use legally occupying an existing building at the time this Zoning
Code became effective may be continued but shall not be changed unless
a certificate of occupancy for the new use shall have been issued
by the department of planning and building after finding that such
use conforms to this Zoning Code and required conditions (when these
apply).
B. For
Use of Land.
A certificate of occupancy shall be issued before any vacant
land is hereafter used or before an existing use of land is changed;
provided, such use is in conformity with the provisions of this Zoning
Code and required conditions (when these apply). However, no certificate
of occupancy shall be required where the land is to be used for tilling
the soil and growing thereon farm, garden or orchard products.
C. Contents
of Certificate.
The certificate of occupancy shall state that the building or
proposed use of a building or land has been inspected for compliance
with all laws and codes enforced by the city, including the provisions
of this Zoning Code, and with an approved Development Permit and any
conditions required by this Zoning Code relating to the proposed building
or use.
D. Record.
A record of all certificates of occupancy shall be kept on file
in the office of the department of planning and building and copies
shall be furnished on request to any person having a proprietary or
tenancy interest in the subject building, use or land.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1551, 1998; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 2042 §§
7, 8, 2021)
This section of the Zoning Code is intended to provide for the
safe, orderly and aesthetically appealing development of hillside
area.
A. Definitions.
For the purposes of this Zoning Code, the term "hillside area"
is defined as any parcel of land within the city of Palm Springs which
contains any portion thereof with a grade of 10% or more.
B. Site
Plan Approval.
1. Applications for hillside development shall be processed as follows:
a. Applications for new subdivisions shall be prepared and submitted
pursuant to Section 94.04.01, Development Permit. Applications for
individual single-family residential units within an existing hillside
subdivision shall be prepared and submitted pursuant to Section 94.04.00,
Architectural Review.
b. Upon receipt of application, a written notice shall be mailed to
all adjacent property owners informing property owners that an application
for hillside development has been filed and that said application
and associated plans are available for public inspection at the Department.
c. The Planning Commission or Architectural Review Committee, as applicable,
shall hold at least one public meeting to review and consider the
proposed application. At least 10 days prior to this meeting, a public
meeting notice shall be mailed to all adjacent property owners and
any members of the public who request notification.
2. Applications for remodel or minor additions to hillside development
shall be processed as follows:
a. Applications shall be prepared and submitted pursuant to Section
94.04.00, architectural review.
b. Minor remodels and/or additions to the exterior of a building, site
plan, grading, landscape, exterior lighting or additions which do
not exceed 500 square feet, do not increase building height, do not
involve substantial new grading, and do not substantially alter the
appearance of the subject property. Minor remodels and additions may
be approved by the Director or designee. Notice to adjacent properties
may be required pursuant to Section 93.13.00(B)(1)(b) above.
c. Appeal of Director of Planning Services Decisions. The action of the director of planning services shall be final unless appealed to the planning commission within 15 working days The appeal shall be in writing and, upon receipt and filing of appropriate appeal fee, the director of planning services shall schedule the application for the next regular meeting of the planning commission. The action of the planning commission shall be final unless appealed to the city council in the manner provided by Chapter
2.05 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code.
3. Applicant may submit preliminary plans, including accurate topographical
maps and grading plans pursuant to Section 94.04.00, to the planning
commission or Architectural Review Committee, as applicable, for approval
before detailed engineering and architectural plans are prepared.
Such plans shall deviate a maximum of one foot above or below final
grade.
4. In approving final plans, the planning commission or Architectural
Review Committee, as applicable, may require conditions which in their
opinion are necessary to protect the public health, safety and general
welfare, and may include the following:
a. Architectural approval as governed by Section 94.04.00 of the Zoning
Code. Such architectural approval shall consider, but shall not be
limited to, the following:
iii.
Design considerations, such as supporting stilts, colors and
building arrangement,
iv.
Screening of parking areas,
vi.
Continuity with surrounding development,
vii.
Sensitivity to existing view corridors;
b. And such other conditions that will make possible the development
of the city in an orderly and efficient manner in conformity with
the intent and purposes set forth in this Zoning Code.
C. Density.
1. The density and lot dimensions of the zone in which the property
is located shall apply.
2. The area of both public and private streets shall be excluded in
calculating net area of the site.
3. Any area of the site having a degree of slope of 30% or more shall
be excluded from the allowable area that may be allowed in computing
total density. Such area shall be retained as open space.
4. In order to insure permanent retention of the open space, a covenant
approved by the city attorney shall be recorded dedicating all building
rights to the city of Palm Springs and insuring that such open space
shall remain as shown on plans approved by the city of Palm Springs.
D. Street
Improvements.
1. Hillside Collector Streets (Streets Serving More Than Four Lots).
Maximum grade is 20%: provided, all grades over 15% shall be improved
with six inches of PCC pavement. Streets with grades in excess of
15% shall only be allowed for short distances.
a. Improvements.
i. Minimum right-of-way shall be 40 feet; however, all fill slopes must
be contained within the right-of-way.
ii.
Curb to curb width shall be 36 feet. A 32 foot pavement width
shall be allowed where lots exist along only one side.
iii.
Minimum radius shall be 100 feet.
iv.
Cul-de-sacs shall not exceed 500 feet in length. Minimum radius
shall be 40 feet to property line.
v. For exceptions to required improvements in subsection (D)(1) of this
section, see Exceptions, Section 93.13.00(l).
2. Minor Hillside Streets (Streets Serving Four Lots or Less). Maximum
grade is 20%: provided, all grades over 15% shall be improved with
six inches of PCC pavement.
a. Improvements.
i. Minimum right-of-way shall be 40 feet; however, all slopes must be
contained within the right-of-way.
ii.
Curb to curb width shall be 32 feet. A 28 foot pavement width
shall be allowed where lots exist along only one side.
iii.
Minimum radius shall be eight feet.
iv.
Cul-de-sacs shall not exceed 500 feet in length. Minimum radius
shall be 40 feet to the property line.
v. For exceptions to required improvements in subsection (D)(2) of this
section, see Exceptions, Section 93.13.00(l).
3. Curbs and gutters shall be six inch PCC in accordance with city standards.
An eight inch curb shall be required when necessary to convey storm
drainage.
E. Drainage.
No building site shall be approved for construction which does
not have provisions for conducting water drainage from the site to
a natural drainage course, a drainage channel or a public street in
accordance with good engineering practice and in a manner approved
by the city engineer.
F. Sewerage
Treatment.
All building sites must be connected to the city's sewer system,
unless exempted by the city council.
G. Excavations.
1. The following requirement shall supplement (and supersede to the
extent of any inconsistencies) the requirements of Chapter 70 (Excavation
and Grading), of the Uniform Building Code, the grading ordinance
of the city of Palm Springs currently in effect at the time of permit
issuance.
a. No excavation shall be permitted on any hillside prior to the approval
of a Development Permit or Architectural Review application, as may
be applicable, and a grading plan.
b. A grading plan shall be submitted as a part of the application for Development Permit or Architectural Review approval for hillside development. A preliminary grading plan shall be filed in compliance with the procedure set forth in Chapter
9.64 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code.
c. No dirt or rock shall be allowed to be used for fill except in those
locations approved by the excavation plan. Excess dirt or rock shall
be carried to a disposal area designated on the grading plan or to
an approved off-site location.
2. Blasting, in conjunction with an approved excavation plan, shall
require approval by the director of public works and the fire department.
H. Fire
Protection.
1. In areas where there will be a fire hazard, in the opinion of the
fire chief of the city of Palm Springs, unobstructed fire protection
equipment access easements shall be required. The fire chief shall
recommend to the planning commission or Architectural Review Committee,
as applicable, where such easements are needed.
2. The fire department may recommend to the planning commission or Architectural
Review Committee, as applicable, that fire-resistant building and
landscape materials be used in hazardous areas.
3. Water mains and water systems shall be sized to provide sufficient
water to meet the firefighting requirements of the area involved.
The fire chief shall review proposed systems in relation to the insurance
services office standards for water systems and make recommendations
to the planning commission or Architectural Review Committee, as applicable.
I. Exceptions.
1. The planning commission or city council may approve alternative street
designs which could include reduced curb-to-curb widths, modified
curb and gutter improvements, and any other such standard plan criteria
provided the following criteria are met:
a. That a minimum 24 foot travel way is provided. Additional improvements
such as passing lanes, turning lanes, and traffic calming devices
may be required. Alternative street sections may be considered provided
adequate access and maneuvering area is provided for emergency response
vehicles and waste disposal vehicles;
b. That adequate sight distance (both horizontal and vertical) is provided;
c. That the street section can adequately convey storm drainage or that
alternative storm drainage facilities are provided to adequately convey
storm drainage. Curbs and gutters, or alternative facilities to convey
storm flows may be required. Edge of pavement, where curb and gutter
is not required, shall be protected by a flat curb section to be approved
by the director of public works. Where curb and gutter are required
to convey storm drainage, the city may consider wedge curbs, six inch
PCC curbs, eight inch PCC curbs, or alternative designs which ensure
that the public health, safety, and welfare is protected;
d. That adequate street parking and/or off-street parking is available
and that such parking will not interfere with the required travel
way;
e. Areas designated and approved for parking shall be improved to provide
a dust-free condition and adequately compacted to allow for emergency
vehicle parking;
f. That parkways, parking areas, and other improvements are adequately
improved and maintained to ensure that the public health, safety,
and welfare are ensured for the life of the project;
g. That roadways shall provide adequate access for emergency equipment
and that the fire department may require upgraded fire protection
systems both on and offsite to ensure the public health, safety, and
welfare.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1347, 1990; Ord. 1551, 1998; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 1647, 2004; Ord. 2023 § 4, 2020; Ord.
2042 §§ 9, 10, 2021; Ord.
2063 §§ 25, 26, 2022)
Sections 93.16.00 through 93.16.09 constitute the zoning regulations
for solar energy systems and solar energy facilities in the City.
(Ord. 2004 § 1, 2019)
Sections 93.16.00 through 93.16.09 may be referred to as the
Solar Zoning Ordinance of the City of Palm Springs.
(Ord. 2004 § 1, 2019)
Recognizing that the Sustainability Plan has set a vision of
Palm Springs as a high efficiency, renewable energy city, the City
Council finds that it is in the public interest to reduce energy demand,
encourage the use and development of solar energy systems as a clean,
renewable energy source and to help promote local, renewable energy
jobs. The purpose of this Solar Zoning Ordinance is to facilitate
the effective and efficient use of solar energy systems by the residents,
businesses and institutions of Palm Springs while protecting the public
health, safety and welfare.
(Ord. 2004 §1, 2019)
"Solar access"
means space open to the sun and clear of overhangs or shade,
including access across adjacent parcel air rights, for the purpose
of capturing direct sunlight to operate a solar energy system.
"Solar energy facilities"
means an alternative energy facility that consists of one
or more ground-mounted or free-standing solar collection devices,
solar energy related equipment (including storage) and other associated
infrastructure with the primary intention of generating electricity
or otherwise converting solar energy to a different form of energy
for primarily commercial or other off-site use.
(Ord. 2004 § 1, 2019)
A. Solar
energy systems are permitted in all zoning districts, as an accessory
use to a permitted principal use subject to the standards for accessory
uses in the applicable zoning district and the specific criteria set
forth in this Solar Zoning Ordinance. In the ESA-SP zone, a solar
energy system that is structurally mounted to the roof of a single-family
dwelling or multi-family residential building that is permitted under
Section 92.21.1.01 shall be considered an accessory use under Subdivisions
(A)(2) and (B)(6) of such section.
B. For
purposes of determining compliance with building coverage standards
of the applicable zoning district, the total horizontal projection
area of all ground-mounted and free-standing solar collectors, including
solar photovoltaic cells, panels, arrays, inverters, shall be considered
pervious coverage only if pervious conditions are maintained underneath
the solar photovoltaic cells, panels, and arrays.
C. Installation
or replacement of solar energy systems that does not change the use
or the basic exterior characteristics or appearance of a non-conforming
building or structure is allowed.
D. Solar
energy systems may generate energy in excess of the energy requirements
of a property if the energy is to be credited under an applicable
net energy metering program or used or stored onsite.
(Ord. 2004 § 1, 2019)
A. Roof-mounted
solar energy systems shall be subject to the following requirements
and allowances:
1. Roof-mounted solar energy systems may extend up to five feet above
the roof surface on which they are installed, even if this exceeds
the maximum height limit in the zoning district in which the structure
is located.
2. Roof-mounted solar energy systems shall be designed and located in
a manner that minimizes their visibility from public streets without
decreasing the energy performance of the system by more than 10% as
compared with a more visible location. All solar energy systems on
single-family dwellings not conforming to the roof profile are subject
to the approval of the Director.
B. Ground-mounted
solar energy systems shall be subject to the following requirements
and allowances:
1. All ground-mounted solar energy systems for single-family dwellings
are subject to the approval of the Director.
2. All other ground-mounted solar energy systems shall be designed and
located in a manner that minimizes their visibility from public streets
without decreasing the energy performance of the system by more than
10% as compared with a more visible location.
3. The setback of ground-mounted solar energy systems accessory to a
multi-family dwelling principal use or accessory to a principal use
in non-residential zoning districts is subject to the following additional
standards:
a. Solar collectors are allowed to be located up to 1/2 of the setback
that would otherwise apply from the front, side or rear property line.
b. Accessory equipment also may be installed within the required side
and rear setback but shall not be closer than two feet to any property
line.
C. The
review and determination of visibility from public streets shall be
made by the Director. The review and determination of performance
of solar collectors shall be made by the City Manager or designee.
D. Solar
energy systems in the ESA-SP zoning district shall comply with the
design standards set out in Section 92.21.1.05.
(Ord. 2004 § 1, 2019)
As stated in Subdivision (D)(9)(a) of Section 92.17.1.01, Subdivision
(D)(7)(a) of Section 92.17.2.01, Subdivisions (B)(1)(b)(i) and (B)(2)(a)(i)
of Section 92.20.01 and Subdivision (D)(2)(a) of Section 92.21.01,
solar energy facilities may be permitted in the zoning districts referred
to in such sections, subject to approval of a conditional use permit,
as provided in Section 94.02.00.
(Ord. 2004 § 1, 2019)
A structure, fence, or wall shall not be constructed or modified
in a residential zoning district so as to obstruct the solar access
of a solar energy system on a neighboring parcel to a degree that
significantly decreases (as such term is defined in Subdivision (B)(2)(a)
of Section 93.16.05) the energy performance of the system. The Planning
Commission may modify this requirement if it finds that strict compliance
would unduly limit property development, or unduly interfere with
the development potential as envisioned for the area in the General
Plan or Zoning Code. Vegetation is encouraged to be sited to reduce
solar gain while not obstructing solar access insofar as practical.
(Ord. 2004 § 1, 2019)
Dwelling units in subdivisions of five or more lots are encouraged
to be sited to reduce solar gain as well as to take advantage of solar
access and provide maximum exposure of roof area to the sun insofar
as practical, including their orientation with respect to sun angles.
(Ord. 2004 § 1, 2019)
Building, construction and permitting of solar energy systems and solar energy facilities shall be subject to the provisions of Title
8 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code including Chapters
8.04,
8.05 and
8.100 thereof, as applicable.
(Ord. 2004 § 1, 2019)
The economic welfare, residential attractiveness and community
character of Palm Springs are attributable to its unique aesthetic
features and setting. The city finds that proper maintenance of properties
is necessary to protect the welfare, attractiveness and character
of the community. A standard of maintenance guards against unsafe
and unhealthful conditions which can cause neighborhood deterioration.
To insure a proper standard of maintenance, all properties in the
city, including all areas between the extensions of side property
lines to the centerline of adjacent streets, shall be subject to the
following provisions:
1. All
properties, including vacant properties, shall be kept free of trash,
building materials or the storage of other goods which are visible
from the street or adjacent properties. Properties shall also be kept
free of excessive vegetative undergrowth.
2. Buildings,
including accessory structures, trellises, awnings and other similar
features, shall be maintained in a condition free of the following
abuses including, but not limited to: loose roofing and siding materials,
unconcealed roof equipment, peeling paint or faded stain, broken or
cracked windows, any unsafe structural element or other items which
would degrade the appearance and/or safety of the structure.
3. Site
improvements shall be maintained in a condition to guarantee safety
and quality appearance and shall include but not be limited to: parking
and walking areas free of weeds and excessive sand and dirt, visible
parking lot striping, paving material (including walkways) which provide
a smooth, unbroken surface, unbroken curbs and gutters, litter-free
trash and loading areas, walls and fences in a sturdy condition and
free of graffiti or the like, fountains or other water uses which
are free of potential health dangers, lighting, signs, bicycle racks,
internal traffic control items such as speed bumps, and drainage control
items which are maintained in safe repair.
4. Landscaping
improvements shall be maintained in a healthy condition and complementary
to neighboring buildings and properties. Such maintenance shall include,
but not be limited to: lawns which are watered and trimmed to a uniform
height, flowers and ground covers which are healthy and uniform in
their appearance, and shrubs and trees which are trimmed and pruned
to retain their health and adequate clearance over pedestrian and
vehicular areas. Landscaping incorporating bare earth or gravel shall
be kept free of weed growth. Plant materials designated on a landscape
plan shall be retained in their natural shape unless otherwise denoted
on the approved plan.
5. Irrigation
systems shall provide adequate irrigation to all plant materials to
allow normal growth, retain water within planted areas and be maintained
in an operative condition.
6. Any
other provisions established by the planning commission to insure
proper maintenance of properties including maintenance standards established
through Development Permit, Conditional Use Permit, or Planned Development
District reviews.
7. Motor
vehicles including automobiles and trucks are to be parked in areas
constructed for motor vehicles and shall not be parked or stored in
other portions of the front or side yard, particularly not on what
is commonly referred to as the front lawn.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1590 § 17, 2000; Ord. 2042 § 11, 2021)
Sections 93.20.01 through 93.20.11 contain the regulations for
signs in the City.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; editorially amended during codification; Ord. 1941 § 1, 2017)
Sections 93.20.00 through 93.20.11 may be referred to as the
Sign Ordinance of the City of Palm Springs.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; editorially amended during codification; Ord. 1941 § 1, 2017)
A. Recognizing
that Palm Springs is one of the country's foremost desert resorts,
the City Council finds that proper sign control is necessary to maintain
the high aesthetic values which both residents and visitors to the
city have come to expect. Signs shall complement the architecture
of the building on which they are placed and/or the immediate surroundings,
including such elements as size, color, location, graphic presentation,
landscaping, lighting and construction material. The Sign Ordinance
provides equitable standards for all businesses to identify the location
of goods and services. Main identification sign(s) shall be allowed
in conjunction with accessory/convenience signs as necessary.
B. Therefore,
the purpose of this Sign Ordinance is to provide standards to safeguard
life, health, property and the public welfare and to provide the means
for adequate identification of businesses and other sign users by
regulating and controlling the design, size, color, illumination,
movement, materials, height, condition, location and maintenance of
all signs placed on private property thereby ensuring the protection
of property values, the character of the City's neighborhoods, the
creation of a convenient, attractive, and harmonious community, while
encouraging economic development and activities in the City. The Sign
Ordinance through the regulation of the use of on-premises and off-premise
signs, whether temporary or permanent in nature, also promotes the
public health, safety, and general welfare of persons living, working,
walking, driving, or otherwise engaged in activities within the City.
The Sign Ordinance is intended to provide adequate visual identification
of activities through commercial and non-commercial speech display
while regulating the design, quality of materials, location, number,
size, and maintenance of all signs and sign structures.
C. It
is the intent of the City Council that the Sign Ordinance will balance
the needs of the City's residents, businesses, institutions, and visitors
for adequate identification, communication, and advertising with the
objectives of protecting public safety and welfare and preserving
and enhancing the aesthetic character and environmental values of
the community, by (1) Encouraging communications that aid orientation
and promote economic vitality while preventing visual clutter that
will detract from the aesthetic character of the City; (2) Applying
basic principles of good design and sensitivity to community appearance
to signage to avoid the creation of nuisances and privacy violations
that will degrade the value of surrounding properties; (3) Enhancing
safety by ensuring that signs are designed, constructed, installed,
and maintained in compliance with minimum standards necessary to provide
adequate visibility and to avoid the creation of hazards or unreasonable
distractions for pedestrians or drivers; and (4) Ensuring that the
constitutionally-guaranteed right of free speech is protected.
D. In adopting the Sign Ordinance, including its concomitant regulation of signs on public property and rights-of-way, the City Council acts in its proprietary capacity consistent with the City's general powers, property rights, Sections 65850(b), 38774, and 38775 of the
Government Code, Section 5200 et seq. of the
Business and Professions Code, Section 556 et seq. of the
Penal Code, and Section
200 of the City Charter.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1941 § 1, 2017)
The following definitions shall apply to Sections 93.20.00 through
93.20.11 unless another meaning is clearly apparent from the context.
"Abandoned sign"
means a sign which no longer directs, advertises, or identifies
a legal business establishment, product or activity on the premises
where such sign is displayed.
"Abatement"
means elimination and removal of any sign in violation of
the Palm Springs Sign Ordinance.
"Affixed"
means to be attached in any manner, including, but not limited
to, adhesive substances or suction, or to be touching in any way,
especially leaning against.
"Animated sign"
means any sign with action or motion, color changes requiring
electrical energy, electronic or manufactured sources of supply which
the copy changes automatically or on which copy is changed manually
(e.g., reader boards with changeable letters).
"Arcade/blade sign"
means a sign with text or graphics printed on both sides
of a solid surface attached perpendicular to the normal flow of traffic.
"Awning sign"
means a graphic image that is painted on, or attached to,
an awning, canopy, or marque.
"Banner"
means a sign composed of lightweight material either enclosed
or not enclosed in a rigid frame.
"Banner sign"
means a strip of cloth or other flexible material approved
by the City Manager on which a sign or message is painted calling
attention to the City, its natural advantages, resources, enterprises,
attractions, climate, facilities, businesses, and community.
"Cabinet sign"
or "can sign" means a sign that contains all the text and/or
logo symbols on the display face within an enclosed cabinet.
"Canopy"
means a permanent roof-like shelter extending from part or
all of a building face and constructed of some durable material which
may or may not project over a public right-of-way.
"Code enforcement official"
means the City Manager or the City Manager's designee including
without limitation the Building Official, the Police Chief, the Fire
Marshall.
"Directional sign, sign district"
means one or more signs located within a Sign District primarily
providing direction to guide vehicles and pedestrians to such Sign
District and businesses therein and can include signs identifying
parking areas, circulation patterns, and names of businesses.
"Directory sign"
means a sign identifying and locating residential, business
or industrial uses within a building, subdivision, planned development,
center or complex.
"Directory sign, pedestrian"
means a pedestrian oriented sign that provides an organized
list of names, people, offices, or facilities located within a given
building or area, located at a public access point to the building,
including a lobby.
"Downtown"
means that portion of the City within the boundaries of Alejo
Road on the north, Ramon Road on the south, Belardo Road/Museum Drive
on the west and Indian Canyon Drive on the east. This area includes
both sides of Palm Canyon Drive, Amado Road, Andreas Road, Tahquitz
Canyon Way, Arenas Road and Baristo Road within such boundaries.
"Freestanding"
or "monument sign" means any sign which is not attached to
a building or fence, or a wall attached to a building.
"Frontage"
means the boundary-facing portion of a parcel of property
that abuts a public street, highway, or approved private street. In
the case of any parcel that does not have "frontage" in accordance
with this definition, the portion of the parcel in question facing
a parking lot, plaza or pedestrian mall, shall be deemed "frontage."
"Government sign"
means any sign posted, erected, or installed by the City,
the County of Riverside, the State of California, or any other government
agency or public utility in the exercise of its responsibilities or
in furtherance of governmental speech. Government signs in the City
shall include neighborhood blade signs posted on the top of street
sign standards.
"Height of sign"
means the distance measured from the adjacent finished grade
to the highest projection of the sign structure, including architectural
design features.
"Main sign"
means the largest single permitted sign on a property.
"Multi-tenanted building"
means a building containing more than one individual business
within a shopping, professional, or industrial area.
"Mural"
means a painting or artwork temporarily or permanently affixed
to a building wall, freestanding wall, or fence, distinguished from
signage in that it does not advertise a business, commercial endeavor,
or product sold or offered on the site or off-site.
"Neighborhood entry sign"
means a sign located on private property that identifies
a defined single-family neighborhood or subdivision.
"Nonconforming sign"
means a sign lawfully erected but which does not conform
to the current provisions of the Sign Ordinance or approved Sign Program.
"Off-site,"
"billboard," and "off-premises signs, billboards and posters"
means any sign which advertises goods, products, services, or facilities
not necessarily sold on the premises on which the sign is located
or displays advertising not related to the use of the property upon
which the sign exists.
"Portable sign"
means any small, portable, free-standing sign placed in front
of a business establishment anywhere in the City.
"Right-of-way"
means the entire area that is less than five feet away from
any curb, or from any roadway surface without a curb in a location
where there is no sidewalk, or the area between the interior edge
of any sidewalk, i.e., the sidewalk edge furthest from the street,
and the curb or roadway surface.
"Service sign"
means any assemblage of verbiage designed to advertise currently
available services or products offered by a business. The term "Service
Sign" also includes menu boards and variable message signs.
"Sign"
means any identification, description, illustration or device
illuminated or non-illuminated, which is visible from any public place
or is located on private property and exposed to the public and which
directs attention to a product, place, activity, person, institution,
business or solicitation with the exception of window display. Any
emblem, painting, banner, pennant, placard, lighting or other item,
designed to advertise, identify or convey information shall be considered
a sign. National flags or flags of political subdivisions shall not
be construed as signs. Unless otherwise stated, an interior unlit
sign or graphic, other than sale sign, with letters or numbers less
than two inches high per foot of distance from the glass at the frontage
line shall be exempt from provisions of the Sign Ordinance. Unless
otherwise stated, the ordinance codified in this section does not
apply to signs located further than three feet from the street front
glass.
a.
This definition shall not include official notices issued by
any court or public body or officer or directional warning or information
sign or structures required by or authorized by law or by federal,
state, county or city authority. Nor shall it apply to an interior
unlit sign or graphic, other than a sale sign, with letters or numbers
less than two inches high per foot of distance from the street front
glass nor to signs located further than three feet from the street
front glass.
b.
This definition shall not include murals as reviewed and approved by the City Council pursuant to Chapter
5.81 of this Code.
"Sign area"
means the entire area within any type of perimeter or border,
which encloses the outer limits of any writing, representation, emblem,
figure or character. The area of a sign having no such perimeter or
border shall be computed by enclosing the entire area utilized by
any writing, representation, emblem, figure or character within a
single continuous rectilinear perimeter of the smallest size and computing
the area.
"Sign district"
means a defined commercial and/or business area of the City
consisting of two or more legal lots of record where signs are subject
to an approved Sign Program.
"Sign program"
means design criteria established to guide the design and
location of all signs on a building or within a complex or a Sign
District; Sign Programs can, but need not mandate specific elements
such as material, color, size, location, lighting, and uniformity.
"Special event"
is any single event or series of events that occur on an
infrequent or sporadic basis, and takes place at a specific location
in which the public is encouraged or invited to watch, listen, participate,
or purchase goods and/or services, including, but not limited to,
the following:
a.
Commercial sales, including pre-and post-holiday sales;
b.
Arts and crafts shows, trade shows, antique shows, and other
similar events;
c.
Carnivals, fairs, circuses, and similar activities;
d.
Outdoor shows, concerts, and exhibitions;
f.
Short term availability of an interest in real or personal property
(e.g., a garage sale, space available for lease, etc.
"Temporary sign"
is any sign, handbill, or poster which is placed to advertise
or announce a special event, or which pertains to a particular event
or occurrence, or which is not permanently anchored or secured to
a building and not having supports or braces permanently secured in
the ground, including but not limited to "political signs," "election
signs," and "real estate signs." The term "temporary signs" does not
include any government sign.
"Uptown"
means that portion of the City within the boundaries of Alejo
Road on the south, Vista Chino on the north, the west side of Palm
Canyon Drive on the west, and Indian Canyon Drive on the east.
"Wall sign"
means a sign painted on a wall. The term "wall sign" also
means a flat sign placed on or attached to a wall of a building, synonymous
with the term "fascia panel/plaque sign."
"Window sign"
means a sign with text or graphics printed or etched into
a window of a structure. "Window sign" also means a sign displayed
in the interior of a structure that is clearly visible through an
exterior window.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1538, 1996; Ord. 1590 § 18, 2000; Ord. 1744 §
1, 2008; Ord. 1751 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1853 §§ 1—3, 2014; Ord. 1941 § 1, 2017; Ord. 1956 § 2, 2018)
A. Any
sign not specifically authorized by the Sign Ordinance shall be prohibited
unless required by law or utilized by a proper governmental agency.
B. The
following signs are expressly prohibited:
1. Rotating, Moving, Flashing, Reflecting, Prismatic, or Blinking Signs.
Animated Signs, including without limitation signs which rotate,
move flash, reflect, blink or appear to do any of the foregoing shall
be prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to signs twisted
or twirled by individuals, flags, banners, pennants, inflatable objects
and balloons, unless otherwise authorized in Section 93.20.08 or approved
as a permanent architectural feature pursuant to Section 94.04.00
(Architectural review), or Section 93.20.10 (Signs—General Provisions).
2. Signs on Public Property or Rights-of-Way.
Signs on public property or rights-of-way shall be prohibited
unless (1) otherwise expressly authorized in this Sign Ordinance,
(2) provided through an approved sign program applicable to a Sign
District adopted by the City Council, or (3) approved through a portable
sign or other content neutral sign permit, encroachment license or
City approval. Any portable sign approved or permitted pursuant to
this Code shall be located in a manner fully compliant with all standards
and regulations regarding access for persons with disabilities.
3. Off-Premises Signs, Billboards, and Posters.
Any sign which advertises a use not being made on the premises,
the name of the owner or user, or which identifies a product, an interest,
service, or entertainment not available on the premises shall be prohibited
unless otherwise authorized in conjunction with a public transportation
facility;
4. Businesses without Street Frontage.
Except as otherwise regulated, signs other than those authorized
on the multiple tenant identification sign or an approved Sign Program
shall be prohibited for any business without street frontage;
5. Signs Affixed to Windows or Doors.
Any sign, merchandise or graphic, otherwise affixed to windows
or doors, interior or exterior, other than those permitted by the
Sign Ordinance shall be prohibited – the sole exception to this
prohibition shall be a temporary sign permitted in a residential zone;
6. Signs Facing Private Property.
Signs which do not face a public or private right-of-way, or
plaza, promenade or arcade, or public or private parking area (parking
associated with the same premises) shall be prohibited;
7. Imitation of Traffic Signal.
No person shall place, maintain, or display in view of any street
or highway, any sign, signal, or device, which resembles an official
traffic sign or signal. Visual obstruction of any official traffic
sign or signal is prohibited;
8. Signs in residential zones identifying home occupations;
9. Signs displaying fighting words, obscene matter, or create a clear
and present danger to the general public;
10. Signs employing exposed raceways, ballast boxes, transformers, crossovers
or conduits, unless otherwise approved by the Director or the Planning
Commission;
11. Signs attached, affixed to or from the interior of any merchandise
or products displayed outside of permanent buildings.
13. Bench Signs
All forms of bench signs or bus stop advertising are prohibited
in all zones except where State law expressly grants to a public transportation
agency rights to such signage.
14. Vehicle signs attached to or painted on motor vehicles that are parked
on or adjacent to property for more than 24 consecutive hours, the
principal purpose of which is to attract attention to a product sold
or business located on the property.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1538, 1996; Ord. 1637 § 1, 2003; Ord. 1941 §
1, 2017; Ord. 1956 § 3, 2018; Ord. 2041 § 30, 2021; Ord. 2063 § 27, 2022)
A. Permitted
signs—Main Sign. Each separate business shall be allowed one
Main Sign as follows:
Main Sign
|
Commercial and Industrial Districts
|
---|
Maximum Number
|
1 Main Sign per frontage.
|
Permitted Sign Types
|
Wall Sign, Monument Sign, Freestanding Sign, Awning Sign, Arcade/Blade
Sign, Window Sign.
|
Maximum Area
|
• Within 100′ of R.O.W.: 1 square foot per lineal
foot of frontage not to exceed 50 square feet.
|
• More than 100' from R.O.W.: 1-1/2 square feet per lineal
foot of frontage.
|
• Over 50 feet of lineal frontage: A single business with
over 50 feet of frontage shall be entitled to an additional 1 square
feet of sign area for each 4 feet of frontage in excess of 50 lineal
feet, and an additional 1 square feet of sign area for each 8 feet
of frontage in excess of 100 lineal feet.
|
• Buildings within 1000 feet of Interstate 10 R.O.W.: 1-1/2
square feet per lineal foot of frontage facing Interstate 10, not
to exceed 150 square feet.
|
• Monument Signs or Freestanding Signs located at a right
angle to the R.O.W.: Each face shall be allowed 75% of the area otherwise
permitted for the Main Sign.
|
• Businesses not on the ground floor: Businesses located
wholly above the ground floor and facing a R.O.W. shall be entitled
to 50% of the sign area permitted for businesses on the ground floor
of the building.
|
Sign Separation
|
No Main Sign shall be closer than 10 feet from any other sign
permitted hereunder; for signage facing Interstate 10, no sign shall
be closer than 25 feet from any other sign permitted hereunder.
|
Maximum Height
|
• Height – Wall Signs, Awning Signs, Arcade/Blade
Signs. The top of any sign shall not be higher than the building on
which it is located, and in no event shall the sign be higher than
28 feet.
|
• Height – Freestanding Signs, Monument Signs. The
maximum height shall be 8 feet, unless otherwise permitted by Subsection
93.20.08(E).
|
Additional Standards
|
• Signage shall be located adjacent to or on the building
facing the frontage line.
|
• All sign area allowed under this section shall be allowed
on each street frontage of a multiple frontage parcel, provided that
the same use of the property extends through from street to street.
Consolidation of sign areas permitted on each frontage to one sign
is prohibited.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal, external
|
Permit Required
|
Yes
|
B. Permitted
signs—Secondary Signs. Each separate business shall be allowed
Accessory and Convenience Signs as detailed below, in addition to
a Main Sign:
1. Accessory Sign
|
Commercial and Industrial Districts
|
Maximum Number
|
1 sign shall be permitted where the Main Sign is not visible
to pedestrian traffic.
|
Permitted Sign Types
|
Arcade/Blade Sign, Awning Sign, Window Sign.
|
Maximum Area
|
6 square feet; 4 square feet per sign face if located at a right
angle to the street.
|
Maximum Height
|
The top of the sign shall not be higher than the building on
which it is located, and shall be located a minimum of 7 feet above
any pedestrian walkway.
|
Additional Standards
|
• The sign may be divided on either side of a fascia or
architectural element.
|
• The sign shall be designed and located so as to not distract
from the appearance of the building.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
No illumination permitted.
|
Permit Required
|
Yes
|
2. Customer Convenience Signs
|
2(a). Open/Closed Signs
|
Maximum Number
|
1 sign per frontage.
|
Permitted Sign Type
|
Window Sign.
|
Maximum Area
|
1-1/2 square feet.
|
Location
|
Sign shall be located on the interior of a window or door on
the building frontage.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal Illumination only.
|
Permit Required
|
No
|
2(b). Service Signs
|
Maximum Number
|
1 sign per business.
|
Permitted Sign Type
|
Wall Sign, Window Sign
|
Maximum Area
|
6 square feet
|
Location
|
Sign may be located on the interior of a window or on a wall
adjacent to the front entrance of the business.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
No illumination permitted.
|
Permit Required
|
No
|
2(c). Hours/Days
|
Maximum Number
|
1 sign per business.
|
Permitted Sign Type
|
Window Sign.
|
Maximum Area
|
Maximum 2″ letter/number height per line.
|
Location
|
Sign shall be located on the interior of a window or door on
the building frontage.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
No illumination permitted.
|
Permit Required
|
No
|
2(d). Credit Card Decals
|
Maximum Area
|
All credit card or other service decals shall be displayed in
a contiguous 1 square foot area.
|
Permitted Sign Type
|
Window Sign.
|
Location
|
Credit card and other service decals shall be located on the
interior of a window or door on the building frontage.
|
Permit Required
|
No
|
2(e). Listing of Business Associates and/or Sub-lessees
|
Maximum Number
|
1 sign per entrance.
|
Permitted Sign Type
|
Window Sign.
|
Maximum Area
|
All text shall be displayed in a contiguous 3 square foot area.
|
Location
|
Sign shall be located on the interior of a window or door on
the building frontage.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
No illumination permitted.
|
Permit Required
|
No
|
3. Pedestrian Sign Directory
|
Maximum Number
|
1 per multi-tenant building
|
Maximum Area
|
6 square feet per side; the sign for individual tenants shall
be limited to no more than 2 square feet per side.
|
Location
|
Sign directory may be attached to a building wall, or may be
a monument sign.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal, External
|
Permit Required
|
Yes
|
C. Portable
Signs. One sign shall be allowed for each tenant space with frontage
along a public street. Multiple businesses within a single tenant
space shall be limited to one portable sign overall. The portable
sign shall be subject to the following requirements:
1. Portable Sign
|
Commercial and Industrial Districts
|
---|
Maximum Number
|
One. Businesses with frontage on 2 public rights-of-way may
have 1 portable sign for each frontage, subject to the location requirements
described as follows.
|
Location
|
A portable sign may only be placed between a public entry into the tenant space and the nearest fronting street or parking drive aisle. The portable sign may be placed in the sidewalk public right-of-way, as close to the building incorporating the tenant space as possible. Further, in no case may any portable sign impede pedestrian traffic. A 72 inch wide clear paved pathway for ADA access must be maintained at all times. A portable sign shall not be placed on the parking curb, gutter or street. The placement of a portable sign on a public sidewalk pursuant to this Subsection is not a right, and shall only be allowed in the event that the City issues a permit, granted upon an applicant's compliance with the minimum requirements as provided in this Subsection C. As an alternative to placing the sign as close to the building incorporating the tenant space as possible, portable signs may be placed elsewhere in the public sidewalk area subject to the approval of an encroachment agreement, provided the sign is no less than 3 feet from any street or parking curb and a 72 inch wide clear paved pathway for ADA access is maintained at all times.
|
Dimensions
|
A portable sign shall not exceed 42 inches in height and 32
inches in width. The sign may be two sided.
|
Design Standards
|
• Guidelines: The sign shall comply with administrative
design guidelines adopted by the Director of Planning Services. The
City shall maintain the guidelines as a public record.
|
• Attachments: No lighting, balloons, or other attachments
are allowed.
|
Insurance and Indemnity
|
A permit for a portable sign shall only be issued upon the applicant's submission of proof of commercial general liability insurance applicable to the portable sign, located in compliance with this Subsection C, with limitations of liability satisfactory to the City Attorney, and applicant's execution of an indemnification of the City with respect to any and all claims arising from or related to the portable sign.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
No illumination permitted.
|
Permit Required
|
Yes – Encroachment Agreement also required for signs located
in public rightsof-way.
|
2. The Director shall prepare and implement administrative
rules, regulations, and guidelines consistent with, and in furtherance
of, the provisions of this Subsection.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1333, 1989; Ord. 1418, 1992; Ord. 1442, 1993; Ord. 1538, 1996; Ord. 1590 §§ 19, 20, 2000; Ord. 1670 § 1, 2005; Ord.
1941 § 1, 2017; Ord. 1956 §§ 4, 5, 2018; Ord. 2031 § 49, 2020)
A. Permitted
signs – Main Sign. Each separate business shall be allowed one
Main Sign as follows:
Main Sign
|
Downtown/Uptown
|
---|
Maximum Number
|
1 Main Sign per frontage.
|
Permitted Sign Types
|
Projecting Sign (Arcade/Blade Sign or Awning Sign) or Flush-Mounted
Sign (Window Sign, Individual Letters, Exposed Neon, or Fascia Panel/Plaque
Sign).
|
Maximum Area
|
• Arcade/Blade Sign: 16 square feet/cubic feet. The sign
shall not exceed 4 feet in any one direction. One blade/arcade sign
may be located at each customer entrance; each sign must be identical
and the combination of such signs shall be deemed as one sign. The
brackets or suspension structure shall not be included in the calculation
of sign area/volume.
|
|
• Awning Sign: The sign area shall not exceed 20% of the
total awning area with a maximum area equal to 1 square foot per linear
foot of awning width. Letters shall be a maximum of 14 inches high
and located on the front face or any valance element of the awning.
A logo may be incorporated into the sign with additional sign area
allowed, provided the total sign does not exceed 30% of the total
awning area with a maximum of 1-1/2 square feet per linear foot of
awning width.
|
|
• Exposed Neon: Sign shall not exceed a maximum of one
square foot per linear foot of building frontage, with a maximum area
of 50 square feet. Exposed neon signs shall only be used in conjunction
with food and entertainment uses.
|
|
• Fascia Panel/Plaque Sign: The length of the fascia panel/plaque
sign shall be limited to a maximum of 2/3 the width of the storefront,
and the sign area shall be limited to a maximum of one square foot
per lineal foot of building frontage, not to exceed a maximum of 50
square feet. The height of individual letters shall not exceed 14
inches, with the first letter capitals allowed at 16 inches.
|
|
• Individual Letters: The height of individual letters
shall not exceed 14 inches, with the first letter capitals allowed
at 16 inches. The length of signs using individual letters shall not
exceed 2/3 of the overall length of the storefront.
|
|
• Window Sign: 40% of the total glazed area or 15 square
feet, whichever is smaller. Each glazed area on either side of a customer
entrance may contain an identical sign; the combination of such signs
shall be deemed as one sign. Letters shall not exceed a maximum of
10 inches in height. Signs on glazing shall be limited to the first
floor of the building.
|
Maximum Height
|
Except as otherwise regulated, the top of any sign shall not
be higher than the building on which it is located, and in no event
higher than 28 feet, as measured from finished grade. The lowest point
of any blade/arcade sign shall be a minimum of 7 feet above any pedestrian
walkway.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal, external
|
Permit Required
|
Yes
|
B. Permitted
signs—Accessory Signs. In addition to one Main Sign, each separate
business may select one type of accessory signage from the sign types
listed in the following table:
Accessory Signs
|
Downtown/Uptown
|
---|
Maximum Number
|
1 Accessory Sign per business.
|
Permitted Sign Types
|
Projecting Sign (Blade Sign/Arcade Sign or Awning/Umbrella Sign)
or Flush-Mounted Sign (Sign on Glazing, Individual Letters, Exposed
Neon, or Fascia Panel/Plaque Sign).
|
Maximum Area
|
• Blade Sign/Arcade Sign: 9 square feet/cubic feet. The
sign shall not exceed 3 feet in any one direction. One blade/arcade
sign may be located at each customer entrance where this type of sign
is not also located as a Main Sign; each sign must be identical and
the combination of such signs shall be deemed as one sign. The brackets
or suspension structure shall not be included in the calculation of
sign area/volume.
|
|
• Awning/Umbrella Sign: The sign area shall not exceed
4 square feet. Letters shall be a maximum of 4 inches high, and shall
be located on a vertical face or valance element of the awning or
umbrella. A logo may be incorporated into the sign, provided the total
sign area does not exceed 6 square feet. Each awning or umbrella that
is separated by a distance of at least 8 inches may contain an identical
sign; the combination of such signs shall be deemed as one sign for
the purposed of this section. Signs on umbrellas may contain only
the name and logo of the business to which they relate.
|
|
• Individual Letters: Signs shall not exceed a maximum
area of 6 square feet. Individual letters shall not exceed 12 inches
in height. Such signs shall be limited to the first floor of buildings.
|
|
• Fascia Panel Sign: Signs shall not exceed a maximum area
of 6 square feet. The height of the fascia panel shall not exceed
16 inches; letters shall not be closer than 1-1/2 inches from the
edge of the fascia panel. Individual letters shall not exceed 1 inch
in depth from the face of the surface upon which they are mounted.
|
|
• Window Sign: An Accessory Sign is permitted on glazed
areas which do not also contain a Main Sign. The total sign area shall
be no greater than 6 square feet. Each glazed area on either side
of a customer entrance may contain an identical sign; the combination
of such signs shall be deemed as 1 sign. Letters shall not exceed
a maximum of 10 inches in height. Signs on glazing shall be limited
to the first floor of the building.
|
Maximum Height
|
Except as otherwise regulated, the top of any sign shall not
be higher than the building on which it is located, and in no event
higher than 28 feet, as measured from finished grade. The lowest point
of any blade/arcade sign shall be a minimum of 7 feet above any pedestrian
walkway.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal/External
|
Permit Required
|
Yes
|
C. Permitted
signs—Convenience Signs. Each individual business shall be permitted
the following signs on the entry door, on the building adjacent to
the entry door, or inside the glass window nearest to the entry.
Customer Convenience Signs
|
Downtown/Uptown
|
---|
1. Open/Closed Signs
|
Maximum Number
|
1 sign per street entrance.
|
Maximum Area
|
1-1/2 square feet
|
Location
|
Sign shall be located on the interior of a window or door on
the building frontage.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal Illumination only.
|
Permit Required
|
No
|
2. Service Signs
|
Maximum Number
|
1 sign per business.
|
Maximum Area
|
6 square feet
|
Location
|
Sign may be located on the interior of a window or on a wall
adjacent to the front entrance of the business.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
No illumination permitted.
|
Permit Required
|
No
|
3. Hours/Days
|
Maximum Number
|
1 sign per business.
|
Maximum Area
|
Maximum 2" letter/number height per line.
|
Location
|
Sign shall be located on the interior of a window or door on
the building frontage.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
No illumination permitted.
|
Permit Required
|
No
|
4. Credit Card Decals
|
Maximum Area
|
All credit card or other service decals shall be displayed in
a contiguous 1 square foot area.
|
Location
|
Credit card and other service decals shall be located on the
interior of a window or door on the building frontage.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
No illumination permitted.
|
Permit Required
|
No
|
5. Pedestrian Directory
|
Maximum Number
|
1 per building where the principal sign for a business on a
parcel fronting on Palm Canyon Drive is not visible from Palm Canyon
Drive.
|
Permitted Sign Types
|
Flush-Mounted Sign, Freestanding Sign, Portable Sign
|
Maximum Area
|
The directory sign shall not exceed 6 square feet per face.
|
Location
|
Flush-Mounted Signs shall be permanently mounted to the building.
Freestanding Signs shall be located on private property and shall
not impede pedestrian movement. Portable Signs may be located on private
property or in the public right-of-way (subject to the approval of
an Encroachment Agreement), provided the sign is no less than 3 feet
from any street or parking curb and a 72 inch wide clear paved pathway
for ADA access is maintained at all times.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Flush-Mounted Sign, Freestanding Sign – Internal/External;
Portable Sign – no illumination permitted.
|
Permit Required
|
Yes – Encroachment Agreement also required for Portable
Signs located in public rights-of-way.
|
D. Portable
Signs. One sign shall be allowed for each tenant space with frontage
along a public street. Multiple businesses within a single tenant
space shall be limited to one portable sign overall. The portable
sign shall be subject to the following requirements:
1. Portable Sign
|
Downtown/Uptown
|
---|
Maximum Number
|
One. Businesses with frontage on 2 public rights-of-way may
have 1 portable sign for each frontage, subject to the location requirements
described as follows.
|
Location
|
A portable sign may only be placed between a public entry into the tenant space and the nearest fronting street or parking drive aisle. The portable sign may be placed in the sidewalk public right-of-way, as close to the building incorporating the tenant space as possible. Further, in no case may any portable sign impede pedestrian traffic. A 72 inch wide clear paved pathway for ADA access must be maintained at all times. A portable sign shall not be placed on the parking curb, gutter or street. The placement of a portable sign on a public sidewalk pursuant to this Subsection is not a right, and shall only be allowed in the event that the City issues a permit, granted upon an applicant's compliance with the minimum requirements as provided in this Subsection D. As an alternative to placing the sign as close to the building incorporating the tenant space as possible, portable signs may be placed elsewhere in the public sidewalk area subject to the approval of an encroachment agreement, provided the sign is no less than 3 feet from any street or parking curb and a 72 inch wide clear paved pathway for ADA access is maintained at all times.
|
Dimensions
|
A portable sign shall not exceed 42 inches in height and 32
inches in width. The sign may be 2 sided.
|
Design Standards
|
• Guidelines: The sign shall comply with administrative
design guidelines adopted by the Director of Planning Services. The
City shall maintain the guidelines as a public record.
|
• Attachments: No lighting, balloons, or other attachments
are allowed.
|
Insurance and Indemnity
|
A permit for a portable sign shall only be issued upon the applicant's submission of proof of commercial general liability insurance applicable to the portable sign, located in compliance with this Subsection D, with limitations of liability satisfactory to the City Attorney, and applicant's execution of an indemnification of the City with respect to any and all claims arising from or related to the portable sign.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
No illumination permitted.
|
Permit Required
|
Yes – Encroachment Agreement also required for signs located
in public rights-of-way.
|
2. The Director shall prepare and implement administrative
rules, regulations, and guidelines consistent with, and in furtherance
of, the provisions of this Subsection.
E. Design
Standards. Signage in the Downtown/Uptown area shall be subject to
the specific design standards listed below, in addition to any other
design standards listed in this chapter:
1. Arcade/Blade Signs. Acceptable materials include painted, polished
and patina metal; painted and stained wood; glass; and inlaid stone.
The bracket design shall be integrally planned and detailed and shall
be highly ornamental.
2. Awning Signs. Letters or logos shall be sewn or silkscreened onto
the awning in an approved contrasting color.
3. Exposed Neon Signs. Exposed neon signs shall be subject to the design
standards listed in Subsection 93.20.10(C)(6).
4. Fascia Panel/Plaque Sign. Acceptable materials include cast stone,
metal and wood panels with individual wood letters, neon and custom
ceramic tile. Letters shall not be closer than 6 inches from the edge
of the fascia panel/plaque.
5. Individual Letters. Individual letters shall not extend more than
six inches from the face of the building; all conduit and electrical
service shall be concealed from view. Acceptable materials include
metal, neon, plastic, and custom ceramic.
(Ord. 1294, 1998; Ord. 1538, 1996; Ord. 1637 § 2, 2003; Ord. 1861 §
1, 2014; Ord. 1893 § 5, 2016; Ord. 1912 § 5, 2017; Ord. 1941 § 1, 2017; Ord. 1956 §§6—10, 2018; Ord. 2020 § 48, 2020; Ord. 2031 § 50, 2020)
A. Permitted
signs – Main Sign. A Main Sign may be permitted for the following
uses as listed in the following table:
1. Main Sign – Apartments, Hotels, Condominium Complexes
and Residential Mobile Home Parks
|
Maximum Number
|
1 Main Sign; 1 additional sign may be permitted if the street
frontage and sign separation is greater than 170 feet. Only 1 Freestanding
Sign may be permitted on a corner parcel.
|
Permitted Sign Types
|
Wall Sign, Monument Sign, Freestanding Sign
|
Maximum Area
|
20 square feet, plus 1 additional square foot of sign area for
each separate rental unit, not to exceed a maximum of 50 square feet.
|
Maximum Height
|
• Height – Wall Signs. The top of any sign shall
not be higher than the building on which it is located, and in no
event shall the sign be higher than 28 feet.
|
• Height – Freestanding Signs, Monument Signs. The
maximum height shall be 8 feet. The height shall be measured from
finished grade to the top of the sign structure.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal, external
|
Permit Required
|
Yes
|
2. Main Sign – Resort Hotels
|
Maximum Number
|
1 Main Sign; 1 additional sign may be permitted if the street
frontage and sign separation is greater than 170 feet. Only 1 Freestanding
Sign may be permitted on a corner parcel.
|
Permitted Sign Types
|
Wall Sign, Monument Sign, Freestanding Sign
|
Maximum Area
|
1-1/2 square feet per separate rental unit, not to exceed a
maximum of 300 square feet. Any secondary Main Signs as may be permitted
by this Section shall be restricted to 50 square feet in area.
|
Maximum Height
|
• Height – Wall Signs. The top of any sign shall
not be higher than the building on which it is located, and in no
event shall the sign be higher than 28 feet.
|
• Height – Freestanding Signs, Monument Signs. The
maximum height shall be 12 feet. The height shall be measured from
finished grade to the top of the sign structure.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal, external
|
Permit Required
|
Yes
|
3. Main Sign – Other Uses Permitted in Residential
Zones
|
Maximum Number
|
1 Main Sign for an authorized use (churches, clubs, stables,
and the like). Such use shall be separate and not in conjunction with
a permitted hotel or apartment use.
|
Permitted Sign Types
|
Wall Sign, Monument Sign, Freestanding Sign
|
Maximum Area
|
20 square feet
|
Maximum Height
|
• Height – Wall Signs. The top of any sign shall
not be higher than the building on which it is located, and in no
event shall the sign be higher than 28 feet, as measured from finished
grade.
|
• Height – Freestanding Signs, Monument Signs. The
maximum height shall be 8 feet. The height shall be measured from
finished grade to the top of the sign structure.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal, external
|
Permit Required
|
Yes
|
B. Permitted
signs—Accessory Signs. Accessory Signs may be permitted as listed
in the following table:
1. Additional Signs – Resort Hotels
|
Maximum Number
|
1 Accessory Sign for a restaurant use within the hotel.
|
Permitted Sign Types
|
Wall Sign
|
Maximum Area
|
30 square feet.
|
Maximum Height
|
The sign shall not be located above the ground floor of the
building.
|
Additional Standards
|
The sign shall be located at the restaurant entry or at the
hotel entry, if the restaurant does not have a separate entry.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal, external
|
Permit Required
|
Yes
|
2. Vacancy Signs
|
Maximum Number
|
1 Vacancy Sign per hotel, resort hotel, or apartment complex.
|
Permitted Sign Types
|
Wall Sign, Window Sign
|
Maximum Area
|
5 square feet.
|
Additional Standards
|
The sign shall be located immediately adjacent to the office
entrance.
|
Illumination Permitted
|
Internal, external
|
Permit Required
|
Yes
|
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1538, 1996; Ord. 1590 § 21, 2000; Ord. 1941 §
1, 2017; Ord. 1956 §§
11, 12, 2018)
A. Gasoline
Service Stations.
1. Gasoline service stations shall be limited to one double-faced sign
of an area not to exceed 36 square feet on each side face. A freestanding
sign, if approved, shall not exceed eight feet in height. In addition,
a single 10 square foot sign, fixed flat on the surface of the building,
shall be allowed. The height of this sign shall not exceed 20 feet.
2. In addition to the signs for public safety and convenience authorized
by Section 93.20.10.B.1, the Director may authorize and approve instructional
or directional signs not to exceed two square feet or directional
signs not to exceed two square feet per face when deemed necessary
for the convenience of patrons of gasoline service stations.
B. Gasoline
Price Signs. Nothing in Section 93.20.04, or in any other provision
of this Sign Ordinance shall be construed as prohibiting compliance
with Section 13531 of the
Business and Professions Code of the State
of California which relates to the posting of gasoline prices. Any
sign, statement, or other advertising medium posted or displayed shall
conform to all of the requirements of this section.
C. Interior
Real Estate Office Signs. In addition to the other sign usage authorized
herein, real estate offices may use internal display boards subject
to all window sign requirements applicable to the zone in which each
real estate office is located.
D. Signs
for drive-through restaurants. Signs for drive-through facilities
shall be approved in conjunction with a Conditional Use Permit for
the use. The area of signage specific to the drive-through facility
use may be in addition to the sign area otherwise permitted for the
subject site. The drive-through signage shall be adequately screened
from adjacent public rights-of-way and from adjacent properties.
E. Signs
for Large-Scale Commercial and Industrial Centers.
1. In addition to the sign area allowed for individual businesses, commercial
and industrial centers in excess of three and one-half (3 1/2) acres
of land shall be allowed one sign on each street frontage. Such signs
shall not extend beyond the property or into the right-of-way. The
allowable sign area shall be 10 square feet of sign per acre to a
maximum area of 50 square feet per face. Signs shall not exceed a
maximum height of eight feet. One additional sign may be permitted
if the street frontage is greater than, and the signs are separated
by a distance of no less than, 450 feet; if multiple signs are allowed,
they shall be located at street intersections or access drives.
a. Commercial and industrial centers in excess of 15 acres of land shall
be allowed one sign on each street frontage not to exceed 125 square
feet per face. Such signs shall not extend beyond the property or
into the right-of-way.
b. Signs shall not exceed a maximum height of 12 feet. One additional
sign may be permitted if the street frontage is greater than, and
the signs are separated by a distance of no less than, 500 feet; if
multiple signs are allowed, they shall be located at street intersections
or access drives.
2. Shopping centers, of at least 75 acres in area and which abut a freeway
and where at least 35% of the square footage in the center is retail
commercial, shall be permitted a single sign which is consistent with
the following:
a. The sign shall not exceed 50 feet in height and 30 feet in width;
b. The sign shall be perpendicular to the freeway and shall be set back
at least five feet, but no more than 50 feet, from the freeway right-of-way,
and at least 350 feet from any secondary or major thoroughfare;
c. The sign area shall not exceed 750 square feet per face with a maximum
of two faces.
F. Freestanding
Signs. Except as otherwise provided herein, freestanding signs shall
be prohibited on a single parcel of property containing more than
one business. Where authorized for a single business, a freestanding
sign shall not be located within the public right-of-way and shall
not exceed eight feet in height unless otherwise permitted. Freestanding
signs shall be subject to all other provisions of this section.
G. Major
Stores Not Having Street Frontage. Retail establishments which have
a floor area in excess of 50,000 square feet and are so located within
a shopping complex that they are not afforded street frontage shall
be allowed signs as follows:
1. One single-face sign per major or secondary street frontage, not
to exceed 50 square feet in area per store affected. The sign shall
be allowed for no more than two street frontages. The top of any sign
shall not be higher than the building on which it is located and in
no event higher than 28 feet.
2. Such signs shall be located in accordance with the provisions and
intent of the Sign Ordinance and in keeping with the architectural
design of the shopping center.
H. Sign
Program for Multi-Tenanted Buildings.
1. General Requirements. Sign programs shall be required for any multi-tenanted
building or development project with more than one tenant. Sign programs
shall remain in force until a new program is submitted and approved.
2. Permits Required. Permits shall be required for signs within approved
Sign Programs. Such permits shall be subject to all applicable fees
and shall be in conformance with the approved Sign Program. Sign programs
shall integrate with the architecture of the building complex, including
such elements as size, color, location and construction material.
3. Approval Process. A sign program that is fully conforming to the
requirements of this Chapter may be approved by the Director.
4. Approval Process - Deviations. A sign program that varies from the
specific requirements of the Sign Ordinance may be approved if the
Architectural Review Committee finds the following:
a. Due to the physical characteristics of the property and the orientation
and design of the structures on the property, strict application of
the regulations of the Sign Ordinance will not give adequate visibility
to the signage;
b. That the approved program will be compatible with the design of the
property and will represent the least departure from the standards
of the Sign Ordinance necessary for the effectiveness of the program;
and
c. That the approved program is compatible with the surrounding property
and not contrary to the purpose of the Sign Ordinance.
I. Sign
Program for Complex of Businesses. In addition to signs allowed under
this Chapter for individual businesses, one additional sign relating
to a building or complex of businesses may be allowed as part of an
approved Sign Program (see Section 93.20.08(H)). This sign shall not
exceed 20 square feet unless no individual tenant signs are included
in the Sign Program, in which case the sign area may be based on the
frontage formula. Such a sign may be freestanding.
J. Special
Sign Districts. The Planning Commission may adopt special Sign Districts,
and provide appropriate implementing sign programs as part of a specific
plan, planned development district, development agreement, or other
process subject to public review when special sign provisions are
necessary or appropriate to implement general plan provisions and
goals.
K. Owner's
Consent. No sign may be placed on private property without the consent
of the property owner or persons holding the present right of possession
and control.
L. Automobile
Dealerships. The sign area allowed for individual businesses may be
applied to each individual structure wherein automobiles are displayed
for sale; additional area shall not be granted for multiple street
frontages.
M. Use
of Attraction Boards by Public and Quasi-Public Uses. In addition
to the other sign usage authorized herein, uses which offer public
service programs to the public shall be allowed one attraction board
to advertise such entertainment or program. The text of the sign shall
advertise only those services or programs offered on the site or of
general public or philanthropic interest; off-site advertising is
prohibited. The maximum allowable size for the attraction board shall
be 50 square feet if it faces the street, and 30 square feet per face
if the sign is at right angles to the street. Showcases may be allowed
in addition to the attraction board, if approved by the director of
planning or the planning commission as part of the overall design.
The copy on the attraction board may be changed at intervals of 10
seconds or greater.
N. Freeway
Signs. In addition to other signs permitted, freeway-oriented signs
designed to be viewed primarily from Interstate 10 in the vicinity
of the Whitewater, Indian Avenue/Indian Canyon Drive and Gene Autry
Trail intersections may be permitted by the planning commission on
properties designated "highway commercial," by either the zoning ordinance
or the general plan, pursuant to Section 94.04.00 (Architectural review).
Signs shall be so constructed, erected and maintained to insure propriety
and integration with the surrounding environment, topography and land
uses. The following standards are intended to restrict such signs
to freeway-oriented businesses and set development standards:
1. One freeway-oriented sign may be allowed which occupies the same
parcel on which the sign is located except as otherwise provided herein.
2. A freeway-oriented sign shall be within 1,000 feet of the point of
intersection of the freeway with the street served by ramps from the
freeway.
3. Freeway-oriented sign structures shall be located in such a manner
so as not to adversely obscure the visibility of another existing
freeway-oriented sign structure from Interstate 10.
4. Signs which exceed a height of 25 feet may be approved only after
review of a flag test to prove need that the requested height is necessary
for visibility from Interstate 10. The height of freeway-oriented
signs and their related structures, for a single business, shall not
exceed 50 feet. The height may be increased an additional five feet
for each additional business advertised; provided, the total height
does not exceed 75 feet.
5. The distance between the lowest portion of the sign face and ground
level shall not be less than 1/2 the height of the sign structure.
6. The area of each sign face shall not exceed 150 square feet per business
advertised.
7. The minimum size letter in the text of the sign shall be one foot
in vertical or horizontal dimension, and the maximum size letter shall
be three feet.
8. Illumination shall be limited to internal lighting. All freestanding
signs shall have underground utility service.
O. Relocation
of Off-Site Advertising Displays. Pursuant to the provisions of Business
and Professions Code Section 5412, and notwithstanding any provision
of the city's zoning code to the contrary, an existing off-site advertising
display may be relocated to any property zoned for industrial or commercial
uses, subject to such development standards as the City Council and
the owner of the off-site advertising display proposed to be relocated
may agree in a relocation agreement. A relocated off-site advertising
display shall be subject to the review process provided in the relocation
agreement. Each off-site advertising display proposed for relocation
shall be constructed in compliance with applicable city building codes
and regulations.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1333, 1989; Ord. 1391, 1991; Ord. 1516, 1995; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 1941 § 1, 2017; Ord.
1956 §§13, 14, 2018; Ord.
2020 § 49, 2020; Ord. 2031 § 51, 2020; Ord. 2042 §§
12, 13, 2021)
A. Temporary
Signs allowed at any time. A property owner may place sign(s) with
a sign face no larger than the following on the property at any time,
as follows:
1. Residential Zones. Up to two free-standing temporary signs of up
to eight square feet, or one free-standing temporary sign of up to
16 square feet, and/or one window sign of no more than four square
feet may be maintained on each individual residentially zoned property.
2. Commercial and Industrial Zones. Up to two temporary signs of up
to 10 square feet or one temporary sign of up to 20 square feet may
be maintained on any commercial or industrial property.
3. Vacant Properties, Permit Required. Up to two free-standing temporary
signs of up to eight square feet in size, or one free-standing temporary
sign of up to 16 square feet in size is permitted on any vacant property,
with the express written consent of the owner of the land, for a period
of time of 60 days per calendar year. Placement of a temporary sign
on vacant residential, commercial, or industrial property is prohibited
without a permit for same issued by the City. No permit shall be granted
for placement of any temporary sign on vacant property except upon
an applicant's submission of written proof of express permission from
the owner of the vacant property in question for placement of the
proposed temporary sign.
B. Commercial
and Industrial Zones. Up to two temporary signs of up to 10 square
feet each or one temporary sign of up to 20 square may be maintained
on any commercial or industrial property. A temporary sign associated
with a special event shall not be installed more than 60 days before
the event and shall be removed no later than five days after the event.
C. Temporary Signs in Right-of-Way. Temporary signs shall not be installed or maintained on any public right-of-way or on any public property, including without limitation trees, public utility poles, and street signs, and shall only be placed on private property except as otherwise expressly provided in this Sign Ordinance. However, nothing herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting any person from carrying or holding a temporary sign within a public right-of-way as allowed in Section
11.28.050 of this Code.
D. Exception
re: Temporary Signs in Right-of-Way. The owner or resident of a property
in a residential zone, or an authorized agent thereof, may place temporary
signage consistent with Subdivision 93.20.09(A) in right-of-way provided
that there is no sidewalk located in the right-of-way in question,
the right of way in question is landscaped or otherwise improved,
and the property in question extends up to a hedge, fence, wall or
other boundary located five feet or less away from the curb or roadway
surface. In the event that an owner or resident of a residential property
places any temporary signage pursuant to this Subdivision 93.20.09(D),
that signage shall be placed as close to hedge, fence, wall or other
boundary of the property as possible, and in no event less than three
feet from the curb or roadway surface.
(Ord. 1956 § 15, 2018; Ord. 2020 § 50, 2020; Ord. 2041 § 31, 2021)
The following general sign usage provisions and regulations
shall apply. The additional sign usage authorized hereunder shall
be strictly construed in its application.
A. Procedures.
1. Approval and Permits Required. Except as otherwise provided in this
Chapter, it is unlawful for any person to construct, erect, repair,
alter the structure of, or otherwise relocate any sign within the
City without first obtaining a sign permit, and building/electrical
permit(s) if required. Review and approval by the Planning Commission
shall be required for the design and location of signs in excess of
50 square feet. All other signs shall be approved by the Director,
except that either the applicant or the Director may request review
by the planning commission. Sign permit fees shall be established
by resolution of the City Council. A double permit fee shall be assessed
if the installation of a sign is commenced before obtaining a permit.
Permits shall be required for the installation or maintenance of all
signs except for temporary signs on private developed property. Permits
are also required for portable signs within or on the public right-of-way
and temporary signs on vacant property.
2. Special Permits. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the Director
from granting a special permit for signs pertaining to upcoming events
of general public interest when it is shown that such signs will not
be materially detrimental to the public welfare or injurious to adjacent
property owners.
3. Appeal. Any person aggrieved by a decision to issue, issue with conditions, or not issue a sign permit by the Director may request that the decision in question be placed on the planning commission agenda for reconsideration. The decision of the planning commission may be further appealed to the City Council pursuant to Chapter
2.05 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code.
4. Variances. The provisions of Section
94.06.00 shall apply. In addition to the findings required therein, the planning commission may grant a sign variance based on the findings that due to the physical characteristics of the property and the orientation and design of the structures on the property, strict application of the regulations of the Sign Ordinance will not give adequate visibility to the signage; that the approved signage will be compatible with the design of the property and will represent the least departure from the standards of the Sign Ordinance necessary for the effectiveness of the signage; and that the approved signage is compatible with the surrounding property and not contrary to the purpose of the Sign Ordinance. Where specified in this code, certain signs (including but not limited to, off-premise promotional signs, as required by an adopted Sign Program, adoption of a Sign Program, or other signs subject to the requirements of this Chapter) shall require the approval of an appropriate discretionary entitlement prior to the issuance of a sign or construction permit.
5. Sign Permit. Unless otherwise specified in this Chapter, a sign permit
is required for the modification, repair, or construction of a sign.
Such permit may also include an electrical permit for signs that are
illuminated. Application for permits shall be submitted to the Department
of Planning Services accompanied by no less than three sets of plans.
Such application and plans shall be reviewed by staff for compliance
with this code and any applicable Sign Program. Repainting a legally
existing sign, or changing the advertising copy thereon shall not
require a sign permit unless a structural change is made and/or the
sign area is increased.
6. Maintenance.
a. Every sign and sign structure allowed by this Chapter shall be continuously
maintained. This shall include, but is not limited to, painting, cleaning,
replacement of lighting (for illuminated signs) or missing letters,
keeping structural elements and bracing in a safe condition, and internal
structural elements screened from view.
b. Every sign and/or sign structure advertising a use no longer being
conducted on the property for a continuous period of 90 days or more
shall be removed, replaced with an opaque panel or painted over in
a solid color. Freestanding sign structures shall be allowed to remain
unused for a period not to exceed one year, after which such sign
structure shall be removed
7. Regulations. The City Manager shall have the authority to issue regulations
in order to clarify, implement and enforce this Sign Ordinance.
B. Safety.
1. Signs for Public Safety and Convenience. When deemed necessary, the
Director may authorize and approve signs not to exceed five square
feet per face to serve the public safety or convenience, such as "Entrance"
signs, "Exit" signs, and "Parking" signs.
2. Proper Maintenance of Signs. The user, owner or lessee of a sign
authorized hereunder shall maintain it as approved in a safe, neat,
attractive, first-class condition and in good repair.
3. Obstruction of Passage. Signs shall not be constructed so as to obstruct
any door, window, or fire escape of any building.
4. "No Trespassing" Signs. A "No Trespassing" or "No Dumping" sign not
exceeding three square feet shall be authorized for each parcel of
property in addition to other authorized signs and shall be designed
and located thereon in a manner satisfactory to the Director.
5. Glare From Signs. Illuminated signs shall be designed in such a manner
as to avoid undue glare or reflection of light onto private property
in the surrounding area or right-of-way and shall be erected and located
in a manner as approved by the Director. The intensity of lighting
of a sign may be reviewed in the field by the Director who may require
the reduction of intensity.
6. Location of Right-Angle Signs. Right-angle signs shall be seven feet
or higher above the sidewalk or the right-of-way. Right-angle signs
supported by posts or standards shall not extend beyond the property
line or into the public right-of-way.
7. Street Address Numbers/Letters. A street address is required and shall conform to the requirements of Section
14.04.100 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code. When address or other numbers are used as an identification name, they shall conform to all applicable provisions of this section. Street address numbers in excess of eight inches in height shall be considered a sign.
8. Exceptions. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the erection,
construction or maintenance of official traffic, fire and police signs,
signals, devices and markings of the California Transportation Department,
the City Council or of other competent public authorities, or the
posting of the notices required by law.
C. Other.
1. Signs for Public and Quasi-Public Uses. Directional and public convenience
signs for public and quasipublic uses may be permitted on public property.
The design must conform to standard directional sign specifications
approved by the City Council as a part of a Sign District after review
and recommendation of the planning commission. The total number of
signs allowed shall be based on the minimum number necessary for adequate
public identification as determined by the City Council.
2. Color of Signs. All signs regulated by this section shall contain
no more than four colors. Black and white shall be considered as colors.
Logos, in which text does not comprise an area greater than 75%, may
contain no more than six colors such that the total number of colors
of the sign of which the logo is a part shall not exceed six.
3. Signs on Awnings, etc. Painted, non-illuminated or indirectly lighted
signs may be permitted on the boarders of marquees, canopies, awnings,
umbrellas or similar structures or attachments if located and erected
in a manner satisfactory to the Director. Such signs shall be included
in the total authorized sign area.
4. Signs on Vehicles. No person shall drive, operate, move in or along,
or park on any street or on public property, any truck, trailer, carriage,
wagon, sled, or other vehicle on which is attached or maintained any
sign except as otherwise permitted pursuant to California Vehicle
Code Section 21100(p)(2), as may be amended from time to time.
5. Multiple Frontage Lots. All sign areas allowed in this section shall
be allowed on each street frontage of a multiple frontage lot; provided
that, the same use of the property extends through from street to
street. Consolidation of sign areas permitted on each frontage to
one sign is prohibited. Total sign areas as established elsewhere
in this section shall supersede this item.
6. Exposed-Tube Neon, Fiber Optics and Other High-Intensity Signs. The
design and placement of neon, fiber optic and other high-intensity
signs shall be subject to the following provisions:
a. The use of such signs shall be limited to main signs and secondary
signs. Prefabricated signs are prohibited except for customer signs;
customer convenience signs shall be limited to a single color.
b. Neon, fiber optics and other high-intensity signs which exhibit glare
and high contrast with their surroundings are discouraged. Additional
lighting may be required to adjust the ambient light background of
the proposal.
c. The number, locations and overall impact of pre-existing neon, fiber
optics and other high-intensity signs shall be considered in judging
the appropriateness of proposed signs.
d. All tubing, conduit, transformers and other paraphernalia not part
of the actual sign face shall be concealed from view.
e. All neon, fiber optic and other high-intensity signs shall be installed
with solid state transformer dimmers. The intensity level of all such
signs shall be reviewed in place and adjusted to appear at a level
consistent with other lighted signs in the vicinity.
7. All rules and regulations concerning the non-communicative aspects
of signs, such as location, size, height, illumination, spacing, orientation,
etc., stand enforceable independently of any permit or approval process.
8. Neighborhood Entry Signs. Neighborhood entry signs may be installed
in existing or proposed single-family neighborhoods in the G-R-5 or
any R-1 zone, subject to the following provisions:
a. The sign or signs shall only represent and may only be applied for
by neighborhood associations organized under the auspices of the city's
office of neighborhood involvement or subsequent department.
b. The sign(s) shall only be allowed as part of a Sign Program approved
by the planning commission, including the following information:
i. Number, location and placement;
ii.
Dimensions, design, materials and colors;
iii.
Authorization from owners on whose property sign(s) would be
located.
c. The signs shall only be allowed within the boundaries of the neighborhood
association but may be located in the adjacent public right-of-way.
d. The signs shall be subject to review and approval for potential traffic
visibility and other safety issues.
e. Prior to installation of any neighborhood entry sign on private property,
the property owner(s) shall consent to the placement of the sign and
execute a covenant running with the land regarding the longterm maintenance,
subject to review and approval of the city attorney.
D. Message
Substitution.
1. Subject to the consent of the land owner and the sign owner, a constitutionally
protected noncommercial message of any type may be substituted, in
whole or in part, in place of any commercial message or any other
noncommercial message on a sign if the sign structure or mounting
device is legal without consideration of message content. Similarly,
an onsite commercial message may be substituted for another commercial
message on an on-site sign if the substitution does not also involve
a change of the physical structure or mounting device for the sign.
Such message substitutions may be made without any additional approval
or permitting.
2. The purposes of this Subsection are to prevent any inadvertent favoring
of commercial speech over non-commercial speech or of any particular
noncommercial message over any other noncommercial message and to
allow a change of commercial messages on an on-site sign without a
new permit.
3. This Subsection does not create a right to increase the total amount
of signage on a parcel, nor does it affect the requirement that a
sign structure or mounting device be properly permitted. This section
does not allow the substitution of an off-site commercial message
in place of an on-site commercial message or the conversion of a sign
to general advertising for hire.
4. In addition to message substitution, whenever a parcel has a right
to display area that is unused, that area may be used for constitutionally
protected non-commercial messages on temporary signs, without permits
or approvals; it may also be used for display of noncommercial messages
on permanent structures, if the structure is properly permitted.
5. This Subsection prevails over any more specific provision to the
contrary within the Sign Ordinance.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1354, 1990; Ord. 1418, 1992; Ord. 1422, 1992; Ord. 1538, 1996; Ord. 1637 § 3, 2003; Ord.
1660, 2004; Ord. 1751 §
2, 2008; Ord. 1941 § 1, 2017; Ord. 1956 § 16, 2018; Ord. 2031 § 52, 2020)
A. Compliance with Sign Ordinance, Nuisance. The City Council determines that the public peace, safety, morals, health and welfare require that all signs heretofore constructed or erected in violation of any ordinance of the City of Palm Springs in effect at the time such sign was constructed or erected, are made subject to the provisions of this section. Such signs shall be made to conform and comply with the Sign Ordinance as soon as reasonably possible after the effective date of the Sign Ordinance. All signs that are not subject to Subsection
D of this Section 93.20.11 shall be made to conform and comply with the Sign Ordinance within a reasonable time, and are declared to be public nuisances subject to abatement, penalties and City remedies as such in accord with Chapter
11.72 of this Code and other applicable provisions. Any provision of the Sign Ordinance identifying a penalty or procedure specifically applicable to a violation of the Sign Ordinance, but contrary to or inconsistent with a provision of Chapter
11.72 of this Code, shall supersede that provision thereof.
B. Removal
and Amortization Schedule. Any sign that fails to conform to the requirements
of the Sign Ordinance, or any amendment to the Sign Ordinance, either
by variance previously granted or by conformance to the existing sign
regulations at the time the initial permit for such sign was issued,
shall either be removed or brought up to code requirement within the
period of time prescribed herein dating from the effective date of
the Sign Ordinance or the amendment to the Sign Ordinance that made
such sign nonconforming, whichever date occurs last. Such nonconforming
signs may be abated forthwith upon the payment of the cost of removal
and the remaining value of such sign, as determined from the valuation
stated on the permit and based upon a depreciation schedule for such
sign as follows:
Amortization Schedule
|
---|
Permit Value of Sign
|
Amortization Schedule
|
---|
$100.00 or less
|
Immediately
|
$100.01 to $1000.00
|
1 1/2 Years
|
$1000.01 to $2500.00
|
2 Years
|
$2500.01 to $5000.00
|
3 Years
|
$5000.01 to $10,000.00
|
4 Years
|
Over $10,000.00
|
5 Years
|
C. Notice of Non-Compliance, Abatement. The Director shall issue written notice to any owner of a sign, apart from a temporary sign or a portable sign, that is illegal, abandoned, not maintained in good condition, or is not in compliance with the requirements of this Sign Ordinance. Such notice shall be transmitted to the owner at the owner's last known address by registered or certified mail, and list the specific areas of noncompliance. Abatement of any nuisance that is the subject of a notice issued pursuant to this Subsection
C shall proceed in accordance with Chapter
11.72 of this Code.
D. Signs in Right-of-Way, Unpermitted Temporary and Portable Signs, Nuisance. Any sign placed on any public right-of-way, and not otherwise permitted by the Sign Ordinance or the City Council, and any temporary sign placed upon vacant property or portable sign placed on a sidewalk without a valid permit, shall be deemed to be a public nuisance that poses an immediate danger to the health, safety, and welfare of the community by creating an obstruction to circulation, including, but not limited to, vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic, and creating blight. In the event that the City removes and disposes of any sign identified as a nuisance under this Subsection
D, the owner of the sign in question shall be responsible and liable for the removal and disposition of the sign.
1. Abatement.
Upon discovering the existence of a sign left on the public
right-of-way, an unpermitted temporary sign on vacant property, or
an unpermitted portable sign, the Code Enforcement Official shall
have the authority to order and/or cause the immediate abatement and
removal thereof. To the extent any owner of the sign in question can
be identified through the Code Enforcement Official's reasonable efforts,
the Code Enforcement Official shall notify the owner thereof, or the
owner's representative, in person, or by mail to the owner's last
known address, of an informal abatement notice. Such notice shall
either indicate that the sign in question has been abated and removed,
specify the procedure for retrieving a removed sign, and indicate
that the City will detroy or otherwise dispose of the removed sign
if that sign is not claimed within 30 days. The notice shall also
inform the owner that he/she/it may request a hearing to appeal the
abatement and removal of the sign by submitting a written request
for such a hearing to the Office of the City Clerk.
2. Process and Hearings.
a. Release of Sign, Fees and Penalty Paid. Any sign removed and stored
pursuant to these provisions shall be released to the owner thereof
if claimed within 30 days after issuance of the notice of any abatement
and removal, upon the owner's payment of administrative fees, including
fees for storage of the sign, hearing fees (if any), and payment in
full of any penalty related to the violation of the Sign Ordinance
that prompted the abatement and removal. This 30 day claim period
shall apply regardless of whether the owner request a hearing appealing
the abatement and removal. The administrative fees for the storage
and removal of the sign shall be established or modified by resolution
of the City Council, and shall include the actual cost of removal
and storage of any sign, plus the proportional share of administrative
costs in connection therewith.
b. Refund of Fees. Any administrative fees or penalty shall be refunded,
in whole or in part, if, at a hearing on an appeal as to the abatement
and removal, a determination is made by the hearing officer that the
fees or a portion thereof should be refunded.
c. Hearing. A request for a hearing as to the removal and abatement
of a sign shall be submitted to the Office of the City Clerk no more
than 15 days after the City's issuance of an informal abatement notice
pursuant to Subparagraph D.1. Each request for a hearing on an appeal
of the abatement and removal of a sign shall be accompanied by full
payment of all administrative fees, including fees for storage of
the sign, hearing fees, and payment in full of any penalty related
to the violation of the Sign Ordinance that prompted the abatement
and removal. Any hearing upon an appeal as to an abatement and removal
order requested shall be conducted within 10 working days of the receipt
of the request for a hearing by the Office of the City Clerk. Each
hearing shall be conducted by a hearing officer designated by the
City Manager. The failure of either the owner or his/her/its agent
to request a hearing waives the right to a hearing. At any hearing,
the hearing officer shall determine whether good cause has been shown
for the abatement and removal of the sign. The decision of the hearing
officer shall be deemed the final administrative determination. If
good cause is shown for the abatement and removal of the sign, the
owner or their agent shall have 15 days from the date of the hearing
to retrieve the sign, if the sign has not already been returned to
the owner or agent. No sign shall be returned to an owner or agent
after a hearing without payment of additional administrative fees
that have accrued since the filing of the request for a hearing. If
good cause is not shown at the hearing for the abatement and removal
of the sign, all funds paid by the owner or agent in relation to the
sign that the City abated and removed, and any additional administrative
fees shall be waived, and the owner or their agent shall have 15 days
to retrieve the sign.
d. Disposition.
Any sign not timey retrieved by its owner or the owner's agent
in accordance with Subparagraph D.2.a. above shall be deemed to be
permanently abandoned and may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of
by the City.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1418, 1992; Ord. 1538, 1996; Ord. 1941 § 1, 2017; Ord. 1956 § 17, 2018)
A. The
City's street banner program is reserved for the City's use to promote
its own messages and those events which are sponsored or co-sponsored
by the City.
B. Notwithstanding
any other provision of the Sign Ordinance, the City Manager, or the
City Council upon appeal, as provided in this Subsection, may authorize
the temporary placement of banner signs on poles or structures within
the public right-of-way on City property where those banners display
the name and/or date of an event and/or activity sponsored entirely
by the City or co-sponsored by the City that calls attention to the
City, its natural advantages, resources, enterprises, attractions,
climate, facilities, businesses, and community. Any events for which
banners are authorized under this Subsection shall be of limited duration.
C. Any
banners authorized by this Subsection shall be for a limited duration
and should call attention to the City, its natural advantages, resources,
enterprises, attractions, climate, facilities, businesses, and community.
Nothing herein shall relieve any person from obtaining any other necessary
permit or license for an event or activity.
D. No
person shall place, cause to be placed, or maintain a banner sign
on any City pole or structure in the public right-of-way or on City
property except as authorized in this Subsection.
E. The
City Manager shall designate those City poles or other structures
at streets, highways, alleys, other public rights-of-way, and those
City properties on which banner signs as authorized herein may be
placed. The message on the banners shall be considered government
speech, and the designation or the placement of the banners is not
intended to create, nor shall it create, a public forum.
F. The
City Manager may authorize a banner or banners for an event and/or
activity sponsored entirely by the City or co-sponsored by the City,
subject to the following conditions:
1. Except as set forth herein, the banner(s) may be placed for a period
of up to 60 days and the City or applicant shall then cause the banner(s)
to be removed at the City or applicant's expense, as applicable, based
on who placed the banner, subject to replacing of the banner at the
same or different location at a later date;
2. The banner(s) should promote an event and/or activity sponsored entirely
by the City or co-sponsored by the City, occurring within the City,
calling attention to the City, its natural advantages, resources,
enterprises, attractions, climate, facilities, businesses, and community;
3. The banner(s) may contain the name and date of the event, if any;
4. The banner(s) shall be secured tightly to the structures on which
they are authorized to be attached; and
5. For non-City applicants that are co-sponsors with the City, the applicant
must agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City from any
damages arising from the banners in a form acceptable to the City
Attorney.
G. No
banner shall be authorized unless the City Manager, or City Council
on appeal, finds that the banners are so designated as not to block
views significant for traffic or do not otherwise present a safety
hazard.
H. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this section, the City Manager is authorized
to develop and implement a military banner Sign Program, which may
include, without limitation, application forms and administrative
guidelines for the placement of banners honoring the City's military
personnel. Notwithstanding any other time limitations set forth in
this Subsection, any military banner sign placed on City property
consistent with the military banner program and any administrative
guidelines governing the program, may be in place for a period not
to exceed 12 months, after which, the banner shall be removed, subject
to replacing of the banner at the same or different location at a
later date.
(Ord. 1941 § 1, 2017)
A. Any person who violates a provision of this Sign Ordinance is subject to criminal sanctions and administrative penalties pursuant to Chapters
1.01 and
1.06 of this Code and the specific penalties as provided in this Chapter.
B. Remedies
under this Sign Ordinance are cumulative and not exclusive. They are
in addition to and do not supersede or limit other administrative,
civil, and/or criminal remedies provided under state or federal law,
in equity, or pursuant to other provisions of the Palm Springs Municipal
Code. The City may seek an order for the award of attorney's fees
in any civil enforcement action related to enforcement of this Sign
Ordinance.
(Ord. 1941 § 1, 2017)
A. Intent,
Purpose and Luminaire Requirements.
These regulations are intended to maintain ambient lighting levels as low as possible in order to enhance the city's community character and charm and maintain dark skies. Area lighting should provide good visibility, minimum glare and minimum spillage onto other properties or into the sky. It is the intent of this section to encourage, through the regulation of the types, kinds, construction, installation and uses of outdoor electrically powered illuminating devices, lighting practices and systems to conserve energy without decreasing safety, utility, security and productivity while enhancing nighttime enjoyment of property and night skies. These regulations are intended to be consistent with the requirements of the electrical code, as adopted by the city under Palm Springs Municipal Code Section
8.04.055, except where a different standard is provided based on the local climatic, geological or topographical conditions of the city of Palm Springs.
1. Exterior lighting fixtures shall be architecturally integrated with
the character of the associated structures, site design and landscape.
2. Pole mounted and wall mounted lighting fixture used for parking lot,
area lighting and security lighting shall be full cutoff luminaires
shielded or constructed so that all of the light rays emitted by the
fixture are projected below a horizontal plane passing through the
lowest point on the fixture from which light is emitted. Drop or sag
lensed type fixtures are not be allowed. IESNA classification that
describes a luminaire having a light distribution in which zero candela
intensity (visible light) occurs at or above an angle of 90° above
nadir. Additionally, the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically
exceed 100 (10%) at or above a vertical angle of 80° above nadir.
This applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. Figure 1.
3. Lighting sources (lamps) approved in the City of Palm Springs for
commercial and residential zones; High Pressure Sodium (HPS), Light
Emitting Diodes (LED), Light Emitting Plasma (LEP), Compact Fluorescent
Lamps (CFL) and Multifaceted Reflector halogen lamps (MR).
4. Lighting sources approved for public or municipal outdoor recreation
facilities; High Pressure Sodium (HPS), Light Emitting Diodes (LED),
Light Emitting Plasma (LEP) and Metal Halide (MH).
5. Low Pressure Sodium lighting is not approved in the City of Palm
Springs.
6. All luminaries with total lamp Mean lumens above 4800 shall be full-cutoff
type except for the following uses:
a. Outdoor advertising displays or signage; Lamp lumens for shielded
signs shall not exceed 100 lumens per square foot.
b. Public or Municipal Outdoor Recreational Facilities. Lighting fixtures
for sports facilities shall be provided with glare control devices
to provide for more light on-field as noted in Figure 2.
7. Lighting fixtures shall not produce sufficiently greater luminance
(light) in an area resulting in reduced visual performance and visibility.
This is known as Disability Glare.
8. Lighting fixtures shall not produce sufficiently greater luminance
(light) in an area which causes discomfort but does not necessarily
diminish visual performance. This is known as Discomfort Glare.
9. Lighting fixtures that produce illumination off the subject project
site is considered an undesirable condition in which exterior lights
produce illumination in an area where it is not wanted. This is known
as Light Trespass.
10. Lighting fixtures that produce an unwanted effect of manmade outdoor
lighting that contributes to the effect of sky glow, light trespass
and/or glare. This is known as Light Pollution.
11. Lighting used to highlight architectural features, landscape, building
facades, fountains etc. is acceptable and shall be adjusted and aimed
during the night to insure light is focused on the designated object.
a. Lighting luminaries intended to be directional as described in paragraph
6 above shall be furnished with total lamp lumens of less than 4000
and must be furnished with shields, louvers and/or lenses to insure
that the direct view of the lamp source is reduced. An internal fixture
reflector system with a clear lens that distributes in a specific
direction is designed to promote glare control. Refractors are not
recommended to shield the lamp source.
b. Landscape lighting fixtures intended to be directional onto landscape
features with a total lamp lumens of less than 1,000 must be furnished
with shields, louvers and/or lenses to insure that the direct view
of the lamp source is reduced.
12. Pedestrian scale post top luminaries with total lamp lumens of less
than 6000 may be non-cutoff if the fixture meets the requirements
to prevent direct view of the lamp source by shielding the source
with louvers and/or opaque lens. Internal fixture reflector with a
clear lens that distributes the light out of the fixture in a manner
that promotes glare control may also be allowed. Refractors are not
recommended to shield the lamp source.
13. Low level lighting (bollards, step lights etc.) with total lamp lumens
of less than 3500 may be non-cutoff if the fixture meets the requirements
to prevent direct view of the lamp source by shielding the source
with louvers and/or opaque lens. Internal fixture reflector with a
clear lens that distributes the light out of the fixture in a manner
that promotes glare control may also be allowed.
14. All full-cutoff type luminaries shall be mounted horizontal. Cut-off
lighting fixtures with tilting capabilities are not approved.
15. Multi-family residential and nonresidential developments shall provide
glare-free light fixtures at project site entrances, building entrances
and exits.
16. Non-residential developments shall provide for lighting at all vehicle
and pedestrian entrances into the project site from public roadways.
Entrance lighting may not exceed a height of 10 feet and may be high
pressure sodium (HPS) or light emitting diodes (LED). The footcandle
levels are to be approximately twice the average illumination of the
adjacent parking area or the adjoining street in order to promote
entrance visibility and safety.
17. Lighting fixture maximum pole heights shall be as follows:
a. Residential Zones: maximum of eighteen feet high (18′0″)
in residential zones. The lamp lumens shall be 15,000 or less and
provide for full-cutoff features.
b. Commercial Zones: maximum of twenty-five feet high (25′0″)
in commercial zones. The lamp lumens shall be 50,000 or less and be
provided with full-cutoff features.
c. Pedestrian pole lighting fixtures shall have a maximum height of
10′0″ above finished grade in residential and commercial
zones. The lamp lumens shall be 6,000 or less and be provided with
lamp shielding as described in paragraph 9 above.
18. All site lighting plans for hillside residential, nonresidential
and multifamily developments are subject to approval of Architectural
Review as follows:
a. Submit a photometric lighting plan prepared by the project engineer
showing point-by-point lighting levels for the entire lot and ten
feet (10′0″) beyond the project property lines.
b. The point by point photometric plan shall provide lighting levels
at a maximum of ten foot (10′0″) intervals.
c. The photometric schedule shall represent the lighting and calculations
in an area equal to 80% of the useable parking area. Figure 4
d.
The photometric calculations shall
be scheduled on the plan to illustrate the following; Figure 3
19. Commercial architectural decorative wall mounted lighting luminaries
with total LED lamp lumens of less than 14 lumens per inch (total
size of the wall light fixture face in inches) but exceed 4000 lumens
total may be non-cutoff if the fixture meets the requirements to prevent
direct view of the lamp source by shielding the source with louvers
and/or opaque lens. Internal fixture reflector with a clear lens that
distributes the light out of the fixture in a manner that promotes
glare control may also be allowed. Refractors are not a recommended
to shield the lamp source.
20. Residential architectural decorative wall mounted lighting luminaries
with total lamp lumens of less than 1,800 may be non-cutoff if the
fixture meets the requirements to prevent direct view of the lamp
source by shielding the source with louvers and/or opaque lens. Internal
fixture reflector with a clear lens that distributes the light out
of the fixture in a manner that promotes glare control may also be
allowed. Refractors are not recommended to shield the lamp source.
21. Security pole and wall pack lighting fixtures in commercial and residential
zones shall only be allowed if the fixture lumens and shielding meet
the requirements outlined. The following types of fixtures are examples
of acceptable and unacceptable lighting fixtures. Figure 5
22. Lighting fixtures and advertising signs, boards and/or banners shall
not blink, flash or be of unusually high intensity or brightness.
23. Lighting Hours of Operation: All exterior lighting fixtures shall
comply with the adopted State of California Title 24 requirements
for controls and switching, the adopted building and electrical codes.
Final certificate of occupancy are subject to permit requirements
and site inspection.
24. Tennis court lighting provisions can be found in Section 93.01.01,
Tennis Courts.
25. The following is not subject to the provisions of Section 93.21.00
Outdoor lighting standards:
a. All outdoor light fixtures existing and legally installed prior to
the effective date of this section.
b. Decorative holiday lighting fixtures and related decorations using
light emitting diodes (LED) sources during the designated holiday
season.
c. Portable temporary lighting used by law enforcement or emergency
services personnel to protect life or property.
d. Lighting associated with a special event as described in Palm Springs Municipal Code Chapter
6.12.
26. Street lights erected on public or private right-of-way. Street light
design is to be in compliance with city standards. The following criteria
shall be used to evaluate requests for street lighting.
a. Intersections in residential districts;
b. Mid-block on residential street greater than eight hundred feet (800′0″)
in length;
c. At the ends of cul-de-sacs greater than three hundred feet in length;
d. All intersections in commercial and industrial districts;
f. Other locations and/or spacing of lighting as determined by the city
engineer.
B. Illumination
Levels and Requirements.
1. Light Emitting Diode (LED) and Light Emitting Plasma (LEP) lighting
for parking lots and area lighting shall be designed to the following
standards:
a. Minimum footcandles shall be 1.0 foot-candle.
b. Average maintained light level of 1.0 footcandles to 3.0 foot-candles.
c. Average-to-minimum uniformity ratio shall not exceed four to one
(4:1).
d. Maximum to Minimum uniformity ration shall not exceed sixteen to
one (16:1).
2. Lighting systems using High Pressure Sodium (HPS) shall be designed
to the following standards:
a. Minimum footcandles shall be 2.0 foot-candle.
b. Average maintained light level of 2.0 footcandles to 3.0 foot-candles.
c. Average-to-minimum uniformity ratio shall not exceed four to one
(4:1).
d. Maximum to Minimum uniformity ratio shall not exceed sixteen to one
(16:1).
3. Only high pressure sodium (HPS), light emitting diode (LED) or light
emitting plasma (LEP) sources shall be used for parking lot and area
lighting.
a. Exception: Metal Halide (MH) or other high color rendering sources
may be allowed for outdoor retail establishments such as a car dealership.
C. Definitions
Brightness.
Strength of the sensation that results from viewing surfaces
from which the light comes to the eye.
Contrast.
Is the difference between the luminaire luminous brightness
and the brightness of the surrounding area.
"Decorative lighting"
means lighting products used for decorative effects versus
lighting performance. Examples of decorative lighting include, but
are not limited to, fountain lighting, lighting fixtures (pole, post
or bollard style) creating a visual effect with low lumen output,
LED commercial outdoor string lighting, building wall sconce and chandelier
lighting with low lumen lamp sources.
Disability glare.
Glare resulting in reduced visual performance and visibility.
It is often accompanied by discomfort.
Discomfort glare.
Glare that produces discomfort, but does not necessarily
diminish visual performance.
Footcandle.
One foot-candle is one lumen per square foot. This simply
means the amount of light which hits one square foot.
"Full-cutoff"
means outdoor light fixtures shielded or constructed so that
all of the light rays emitted by the fixture are projected below a
horizontal plane passing through the lowest point on the fixture from
which light is emitted. Drop or sag lensed type fixtures are not allowed.
IESNA classification that describes a luminaire having a light distribution
in which zero candela intensity (visible light) occurs at or above
an angle of 90° above nadir. Additionally, the candela per 1000
lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 100 (10%) at or above a vertical
angle of 80° above nadir. This applies to all lateral angles around
the luminaire.
HID lamp.
In a discharge lamp, the emitted energy (light) is produced
by the passage of an electric current through a gas. High-intensity
discharge (HID) includes mercury, metal halide, and high pressure
sodium lamps. Other discharge lamps are LPS and fluorescent. Some
such lamps have internal coatings to convert some of the ultraviolet
energy emitted by the gas discharge into visual output.
"High-pressure sodium (HPS) lamp"
is a gas-discharge lamp that uses sodium in an excited state
to produce light. There are two varieties of such lamps: low pressure
and high pressure. Low-pressure sodium lamps are the most efficient
electrical light sources, but their yellow light restricts applications
to outdoor lighting such as street lamps. High-pressure sodium lamps
have a broader spectrum of light than the low pressure, but still
poorer color rendering than other types of lamps. Low pressure sodium
lamps only give monochromatic yellow light and so inhibit color vision
at night.
"IESNA"
means Illuminating Engineering Society of North America.
Induction lighting.
The internal electrodeless lamp or induction light is a gas
discharge lamp in which the power required to generate light is transferred
from outside the lamp envelope to the gas inside via an electric or
magnetic field, in contrast with a typical gas discharge lamp that
uses internal electrodes connected to the power supply by conductors
that pass through the lamp envelope.
Incandescent lamp.
Light is produced by a filament heated to a high temperature
by electric current. These lamps include MR Lamps, Tungsten Halogen
Lamps, Par and R lamps.
"Light-emitting diode (LED)"
is an electronic semi-conductor that emits light. They are
considerably more efficient than traditional light bulbs and provide
for long lamp life. LEDs are used in many applications such as flat-screen
video displays, indoor and exterior lighting fixtures.
Light-emitting plasma (LEP).
Plasma lamps are a type of gas discharge lamp energized by
radio frequency (RF) power which produces high illuminance for exterior
applications such as streets, large big box parking lots and sports
lighting applications. The LEP lamps have a life ranging from 30,000
to 50,000 hours, a CRI of 95. The LEP lamp is able to operate up to
50% more efficiently than conventional HID (High-intensity discharge
lamp) lamps while generating the same maintained lumens as a conventional
400 watt system at about half the energy. The technology also allows
the lamp to be dimmed to 50% of the rated lamp lumen output.
Light pollution.
An unwanted effect of manmade outdoor lighting that contributes
to the effects of sky glow, light trespass, and/or glare.
Light trespass.
An undesirable condition in which exterior light is cast
where it is not wanted.
Lumen.
A unit measurement of a light bulb, arc tube or light emitting
diodes (LED) light output expressed as initial Lumens or lumen output.
Luminaire.
A complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp or lamps and
the parts designed to distribute the light, to position and protect
the lamp(s), and to connect the lamp(s) to the power supply. (Also
referred to as fixture.)
Mercury lamp.
The mercury vapor lamp is a high intensity discharge lamp.
It uses an arc through vaporized mercury in a high pressure tube to
create very bright light directly from its own arc. Mercury lamps
are not approved in the City of Palm Springs.
Metal-halide lamp.
This type of lamp is also known as an 'MH' lamp. It is a
HID (High Intensity Discharge) lamp, which means it provides most
of its light from the electric arc within a small discharge tube.
It is becoming increasingly popular due to its good quality white
light and good efficiency. The most prominent use of the MH lamp is
in stadiums and sports fields. It is also used widely for parking
lots and street lighting in urban areas.
:Mounting height:
means the distance from the finished grade to the top of
the lighting fixtures including any lighting fixture foundation.
"Pedestrian scale"
means a luminaire mounted at no more than ten feet above
finished grade and intended to illuminate a walking path or small
pedestrian area.
"Recreational facilities"
means public, municipal or private facilities designed and
equipped for the conduct of sports, leisure time activities, and other
customary and usual recreational activities. Outdoor recreational
facilities include, but are not limited to, fields or stadiums for
softball, baseball, football, soccer; golf courses, driving ranges
and other "field sports"; and courts for tennis, basketball, volleyball,
handball and other "court sports."
Sky glow or urban sky glow.
Any adverse effect of manmade light that produces direct
lighting into the sky from a lamp compartment that is not shielded.
(Ord. 1590 § 22, 2000; Ord. 1838 §§ 1—5, 2014; Ord. 1839 §§ 1—5, 2014; Ord. 1856 § 1, 2014; Ord. 2042 § 14, 2021)
In addition to any conditions required by the underlying zone
or imposed through a use permit, the following conditions are required
for each of the Specific Uses listed herein to protect the health,
safety and general welfare, and to assure the orderly, efficient and
harmonious development of these uses in the City.
(Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011)
Automobile Service Stations shall comply with the following
provisions in addition to zone provisions and conditions imposed in
a conditional use permit. Any modification to the use of an automobile
service station, or accessory use, shall require an amendment to the
conditional use permit.
A. Location.
1. The site shall have 200 feet of frontage on a major or secondary
thoroughfare.
2. The site shall not adjoin an existing hotel or residential use at
the time of its establishment.
3. The minimum distance from the site to a property containing a school,
park, playground, church, museum or similar use shall be 250 feet.
The minimum distance to a residential zone shall be 175 feet.
4. The minimum distance between properties containing automobile service
stations shall be 500 feet, except that service stations that are
approved as part of a master plan are exempt from this requirement,
and except that two automobile service stations may be permitted at
intersections formed by streets both of which have a forecasted average
daily volume of 25,000 trips according to the adopted general plan
or other subsequent city-approved comprehensive traffic study.
B. Access.
Access drives shall be at least 30 feet from any street corner
measured from the intersection of the ultimate right-of-way lines;
the city engineer may require a greater distance based upon street
and traffic characteristics. All drives shall be designed to provide
vehicle queuing in a manner that minimizes possible hazard or slowing
of vehicles on adjacent city streets. Reciprocal access/parking arrangements
may be with adjacent properties to enhance public convenience and
safety.
C. Utility
Trailers.
Utility trailers, not exceeding 10 in number, may be stored
for rent on service stations only in the C-2, C-M and M-1 zones; provided,
they are screened from view and do not occupy any required parking
spaces.
D. Walls.
A solid masonry wall six feet in height shall be erected on
all interior property lines which abut property in a residential zone
or wherever else deemed necessary by the planning commission.
E. Paving
and Landscaping.
The entire ground area shall be paved except that a minimum
of 10% of the site area shall be reserved for landscaping. Landscaping
shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 92
and Section 93.06.00.
F. Lighting.
Lighting shall conform to the requirements of Section 93.21.00.
G. Outside
Operation.
Operations outside permanent structures shall be limited to
the dispensing of gasoline, oil, water, air, electric vehicle charging,
or other activities as approved under the conditional use permit.
There shall be no outside storage or display of tires, oil or other
products and accessories. The sale of liquid propane gas (LPG) may
be permitted if approved in connection with the conditional use permit
and architectural review. After approval of the conditional use permit,
the sale of LPG may be permitted if approved in conjunction with a
land use permit.
H. Noise.
Noise shall be muffled so as not to become objectionable due
to intermittence, beat frequency or shrillness, and the decibel level
measured at property lines shall not exceed street background noise
normally occurring at the site location.
I. Principal
Building.
Conditioned space shall be provided for employees of the service station, with adequate area for administrative functions. Accessible public restrooms shall be provided in accordance with building code requirements and pursuant to Palm Springs Municipal Code Section
8.04.901; restrooms shall be accessible to patrons during all hours that the business is open to the public.
J. Accessory
Commercial Uses.
Accessory retail sales of food, groceries and sundries shall
be contained within an indoor retail space. Display and storage of
accessory or secondary non-automotive commercial uses shall be totally
within the principal building.
K. Sale
of Beer, Wine, Liquor or Other Alcoholic Beverages.
Sales of beer, wine, liquor or other alcoholic beverages from
the same location as gasoline and other motor vehicle fuel sales may
be permitted under the following conditions:
1. Such sales must be offered only in conjunction with the secondary
retail sale of food, groceries and sundries in which not less than
75% by value of the retail sales of all products, other than gasoline
and other motor vehicle fuels, comprises sales of products other than
beer, wine, liquor and other alcoholic beverages.
2. Video recording surveillance cameras shall be used to record all
purchases and attempted purchases of alcoholic beverages. Signs shall
be posted, one outside the building at or near the gasoline servicing
area and another inside the building near the cash registers notifying
the public that "all alcoholic beverage transactions are monitored
in cooperation with the Palm Springs Police Department." The videotape
equipment used shall be such as to record at least 24 hours of operation,
the tapes shall be maintained for the prior 72 hours, and the film
shall be made available to any representative of the Palm Springs
Police Department within 24 hours of a request. The tapes shall be
made available for use in evidence against any person who purchased
or attempted to purchase alcoholic beverages as well as for use in
any court or administrative proceeding regardless of the type of criminal
activity or the party or parties involved.
L. Signs.
All signage shall conform to the provisions of Section 93.20.00.
M. Electric
Vehicle Charging Spaces.
A minimum of one electric vehicle charging space shall be provided.
Additional electric vehicle charging spaces may be required pursuant
to Section 93.06.00.
(Ord. 2063 § 28, 2022)
Open storage yards for junk, auto wrecking and other waste products
shall comply with the following provisions in addition to zone provisions
and conditions imposed in a conditional use permit.
A. Site
Area.
The minimum site area shall be 25,000 square feet.
B. Location.
The minimum distance from the site to a residential zone, school,
park, playground, church, museum, or similar use shall be 1,000 feet.
C. Screening.
The entire perimeter of a storage site shall be screened with
a masonry wall at least six feet in height, except for necessary openings
which shall have solid gates.
(Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011)
A. The
application for a conditional use permit for a quarry, sand pit or
gravel pit shall include a contour map indicating operating sites,
blowsand abatement program, structures and all improvements including
the extremities of the proposed quarry. The application shall further
submit a report in detail indicating the method of quarry operation,
which report shall include an outline of the sequence and pattern
of mineral excavation. This shall include the number, spacing, depth
of drill holes, and amount of explosives to be used per hole. The
maximum size of quarry face for mining and blasting purposes shall
be 25 feet.
1. The planning commission, upon receipt of this plan, may, at its discretion,
require at the operator's expense a geophysical survey to determine
the seismic effects of the proposed blasting pattern, which may be
the basis for limiting the size of blast.
B. Quarries,
sand pits and gravel pits shall comply with the following provisions
in addition to zone provisions and conditions imposed in a conditional
use permit:
1. No rock or mineral crushing or treatment of minerals shall be permitted.
2. Accessory building shall be used solely for the storage and maintenance
of equipment and operating offices.
3. No building may be closer than 1,000 feet from any approved public
street or highway.
4. Quarry operations shall not be closer than one-half (½) mile
from any residential zone and not closer than 100 feet to any property
line.
5. The hours of operation shall be limited to the hours of eight a.m.
to six p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding national holidays.
6. Removal of minerals pursuant to this section shall be conducted so
as to limit the emanation of smoke and dust as provided by the standards
set forth in Section 92.16.04(E) and (F).
7. The noise from any operation shall not exceed the standards set forth
in the noise ordinance.
8. All drill holes shall be tamped to minimize the sonic effects of
blasts. No charges may be exposed to the air during detonation.
9. All roads from the site to any public street or highway shall be
paved with suitable asphaltic material on a prepared base as per specifications
of the City Engineer to a width of 28 feet to prevent the emanation
of dust.
10. During the operation of the quarry, sand or gravel pit, a blowsand
abatement program shall be in effect to protect off-site properties.
11. Upon completion of all operations, or operations at any one point,
all excavations as well as mounds of waste material which may be seen
from any public street or highway shall be graded and the premises
restored as near as possible to original conditions and contours.
C. All
operations shall be covered by public liability and property damage
insurance as required by the city of Palm Springs.
D. Upon
cessation of operations for a period of six months, this permit shall
terminate and all structures and equipment shall be removed.
E. Bond
Requirement.
To guarantee compliance with conditions set forth in this section
and in the conditional use permit, the operator shall post and maintain
with the city of Palm Springs, a performance bond of not less than
one million dollars ($1,000,000.00), conditioned that the city may
enter and restore the premises and recover all its costs. Performance
bonds shall contain a clause to allow an annual inflation cost to
be added to the original bond amount.
(Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011; Ord. 2031 § 53, 2020)
RV parks or resorts are intended to provide for the accommodation
of visitors to Palm Springs who travel to the community by recreational
vehicle and reside in that vehicle for a period not to exceed 180
days. This use is also in-tended to create a safe, healthful and beneficial
environment for both occupants of the RV parks and to protect the
character and integrity of surrounding uses. No RV use shall be located
within any "N" zone.
A. Uses
Permitted.
Buildings, structures and land shall be used and building and
structures shall hereafter be erected, altered or enlarged only for
the following uses. All uses shall be subject to the standards contained
herein or approved by the planning commission and city council.
2.
Incidental uses operated primarily
for the convenience of RV park occupants. There shall be no separate
sign advertising such uses visible from the street and said use shall
be located not less than 100 feet from any street. Incidental uses
permitted shall include only the following:
(b) Dwellings for owner and/or managers and staff,
(e) Indoor and outdoor recreational facilities,
(h) Personal services including showers and restrooms,
(i) Restaurants, including dancing and alcoholic beverage sales,
(j) Sales of items related to maintenance and operation of recreational
vehicles;
3. Storage of unoccupied recreational vehicles. Storage areas not to
exceed 5% of the gross area of the RV park. Storage areas shall be
screened on all sides;
4. Accessory uses customarily incidental to the above uses and located
on the same lot therewith.
B. Similar
Uses Permitted by Commission Determination.
The commission may, by resolution of record, permit any other
uses which it may determine to be similar to those listed above, operated
exclusively for the convenience of RV park residents, and not more
obnoxious or detrimental to the public health, safety and welfare,
or to other uses permitted in the park, as provided in Section 94.01.00.
All uses shall be subject to the property development standards contained
herein.
C. Uses
Prohibited.
All uses and structures not permitted in Section 93.23.04(A)
are deemed to be specifically prohibited. The following general classification
of uses shall not be permitted in RV parks.
1. Recreational vehicle repair service,
2. Commercial uses except those described in Section 93.23.04(A) and
approved by the planning commission on the development plans.
D. Property
Development Standards for RV Parks.
The following property development standards shall apply for
all RV Zones:
1. Size of RV Park.
No parcel of land containing less than 20 acres may be used
for the purposes permitted in the RV zone.
2. Density.
A minimum of 2,400 square feet of lot area shall be provided
for each recreational vehicle in the RV park. This space ratio shall
include access roads, automobile parking, accessory building space
and recreational areas. Each RV space shall be equal to one dwelling
unit.
3. Building Height.
Buildings and structures erected in this zone shall not exceed
15 feet at minimum setback requirements, or a three to one setback
shall be provided for structures exceeding 15 feet to a maximum of
24 feet.
4.
Yards.
(a) General Provisions.
(i)
Yards shall be measured perpendicular to the property line or
from a future street or highway line, as shown on the general plan
or setback ordinance.
(ii)
Yard provisions shall apply to both main and accessory structures.
(b) Front Yard.
Each recreational vehicle park shall have a front yard of 40
feet extending for the full width of the parcel devoted to such use.
(c) Side and Rear Yards.
Each recreational vehicle park shall have rear and side yards
of not less than 15 feet, except where a side or rear yard abuts a
street, the yard shall be not less than 40 feet. Where development
sides or rears on existing single-family developments (R-1 zones)
a 100 foot setback shall be provided for structures exceeding one
story.
E. Walls,
Fences and Landscaping.
1.
Each recreational vehicle park
shall be entirely enclosed at its exterior boundaries as follows:
(a) An eight foot high decorative masonry wall shall be required on the
perimeter of each RV park. For front yards, the wall shall be constructed
within the 40 foot required setback, no closer than 25 feet from a
property line.
(b) Peripheral landscaping of not less than six feet in height shall
be provided adjacent to all walls.
(c) All required yards to be landscaped and maintained.
2. Permitted Fences and Walls.
The provisions of Section 93.02.00 shall apply.
F. Open
Space.
A minimum of 45% of the site area shall be developed as usable
landscaped open space and outdoor living and recreation area.
G. Signs.
The provisions of Section 93.20.00 shall apply.
H. Access.
The provisions of Section 93.05.00 shall apply. Principal access
to a recreational vehicle park shall be from a secondary or major
thoroughfare. Emergency access may be permitted to any street.
I. Off-Street
Loading and Trash Areas.
1. The provisions of Section 93.07.00 shall apply.
2. One trash enclosure should be provided for each 30 spaces or as approved
by the planning commission.
J. Antennas.
The provisions of Section 93.08.00 shall apply.
K.
Property Development
Standards within the Recreational Vehicle Park.
1. Size of Space.
The minimum size of each RV space shall be 1,250 square feet.
2. Individual Space Improvements.
(a) Each recreational vehicle space shall be provided with a parking
area paved with asphalt concrete (three inches in thickness) or Portland
cement concrete (six inches in thickness) for parking of vehicles.
(b) Each recreational vehicle space shall be provided with a 120 square
feet Portland cement concrete, brick or other decorative paving patio.
(c) All areas not in hard surface shall be landscaped unless otherwise
approved by the planning commission.
3. Distance between Recreational Vehicles and Structures.
(a) There shall be not less than 10 feet between recreational vehicles.
(b) Where recreational vehicle spaces are located near any permitted
building, the minimum space between the recreational vehicle and such
building shall be 15 feet.
4. Electrical Service.
(a) Each recreational vehicle space shall be provided with electrical
service.
(b) All electrical, telephone and television services within the recreational
vehicle park shall be underground.
5. Water Service.
Each recreational vehicle space shall be provided with a fresh
water connection.
6. Sewer Service.
Each recreational vehicle space (except tent areas) shall be
provided with a connection to an approved sanitary sewer system.
7. Movement of Recreational Vehicles.
Wheels or similar devices shall not be removed from recreational
vehicles, nor shall any fixture be added which will prevent the recreational
vehicle from being moved under its own power or by a passenger vehicle
within a one hour period.
8. Accessory Structures.
No accessory structure shall be constructed as a permanent part
of the recreational vehicle.
9. Access Roads.
(a) All access roads shall be paved with asphalt concrete with a minimum
thickness of three inches or Portland cement concrete with a thickness
of six inches.
(b) Access roads within the recreational vehicle park shall be paved
to a width of not less than 25 feet and, if paved to a width of less
than 32 feet, shall not be used for automobile parking at any time.
(c) One-way road systems may reduce the street cross section if approved
by the planning commission.
(d) Where access roads are paved to a width of 32 feet or more, the off-street
parking provisions contained in this section are waived for the number
of spaces provided and marked off in the parking lane on the street.
Each marked space shall conform to the parking standards defined in
this Zoning Code.
(e) Portland cement concrete pavement edge gutters or center gutters
shall be installed on all access road(s) pursuant to approved grading
and drainage plans.
(f) Each recreational vehicle space shall front on an access road.
10. Lighting.
(a)
Lighting shall be indirect, hooded and positioned so as to reflect
onto the access roads and away from the recreational vehicle spaces
and adjoining property.
(b)
Light standards shall be a maximum of 18 feet in height. The
height of all light standards shall be measured from the elevation
of the adjoining pavement of the access roads.
11. Drainage.
(a)
The park shall be so graded that there will be no depressions
in which surface water will accumulate.
(b)
The ground shall be sloped to provide storm drainage run-off
by means of surface or subsurface drainage structures.
(c)
The area beneath the recreational vehicle shall be sloped to
provide drainage from beneath the recreational vehicle to an outside
surface drainage structure.
12. Off-Street Parking.
(a)
Each individual RV space shall provide one parking space in
addition to the RV space itself. All parking shall be provided in
accordance with Section 93.06.00 (Off-street parking).
(b)
One visitor parking space shall be provided for every 10 recreational vehicle spaces in addition to parking required in subsection
K,12(a) of this section.
(c)
Parking for accessory uses shall comply with Section 93.06.00(D).
13. Park and Recreational Space.
There shall be provided a recreational area(s) having a minimum
area of 200 square feet for each recreational vehicle space. Such
spaces shall be consolidated into usable areas within minimum dimensions
of not less than 100 feet. Open space, pool areas, game courts, etc.,
shall be considered recreation area.
14. Management.
(a)
A caretaker responsible for the maintenance of the park shall
reside on the premises of the park at all times when the park is occupied.
(b)
Management Storage.
All storage of supplies, maintenance, materials and equipment
shall be provided within a storage area. Such storage care shall be
located outside any required yard and completely screened from adjoining
properties with a decorative masonry wall and landscape materials
10 feet in height.
(c)
Length of Occupancy.
The intent of the recreational vehicle park is to allow standards
for the transient occupancy of recreational vehicles as defined in
this Zoning Code. It is not the intent of the recreational vehicle
park to circumvent standards for a residential mobilehome space. The
period of time that a recreational vehicle shall occupy a recreational
vehicle park as defined by this Zoning Code, shall not exceed 180
days.
15. Sanitary Facilities:
(a)
One toilet, lavatory and shower for each sex for every 25 recreational
vehicle spaces or fraction thereof shall be provided within an enclosed
building.
(b)
Toilets shall be of a water flushing type.
(c)
Hot and cold running water shall be provided for lavatories
and showers.
(d)
Toilet, lavatory and shower facilities shall be located not
more than 300 feet from any recreational vehicle space.
(e)
Laundry Facilities.
One washing machine and dryer shall be provided for every 50
recreational vehicle spaces or fraction thereof.
(f)
Trailer Sanitation Station.
A sanitation station shall be provided to receive the discharge
from sewage holding tanks of self-contained recreational vehicles.
(i)
The sanitation station shall be constructed in accordance with
specifications set forth in Chapter 5 (Mobilehome Parks, Special Occupancy
Trailer Parks and Campgrounds), Title 25 (Housing and Planning &
Building), of the
California Administrative Code.
(ii)
The sanitation station shall be located within the park in such
a manner so as not to be obnoxious to the tenants of the park or and
shall be set back 100 feet from adjoining residential development.
(iii) These requirements may be modified by the planning
commission should each recreational vehicle space be provided with
a sewer connection
16. Recreational Vehicle Storage Yard.
Recreational vehicle storage yards may be provided as an accessory
use to a recreational vehicle park, they shall conform to the following
standards:
(a)
No storage yard shall be located in a required setback area.
(b)
The area shall be graded and the surface paved with asphalt
concrete with a minimum thickness of three inches or other material
approved by the planning commission.
(c)
The storage yard shall be enclosed by a six foot high solid
masonry wall or a six foot high chain link fence and landscaped to
shield the interior of the area and the chain link fence from view
on all sides. The wall or fence shall be broken only by a solid gate.
(d)
Additional landscaping may be required within the storage yard.
(e)
No sewer connection other than a standard trailer sanitation
station shall be permitted within the storage yard.
(f)
Electrical connections may be provided for maintaining the air
conditioners in the recreational vehicles.
(g)
RVs in the storage yard shall not be used for living purposes.
(Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011)
A. Application.
A conditional use permit application for a shopping center shall
include an application as described in this section.
B. Approval.
Approval of the CUP request by the city council shall establish
a two year time limit for the CUP.
C. Time
Limits.
Requests for extensions of time shall be made pursuant to the
requirements of Section 94.12.00.
D. Bonds.
The city council may require the posting of performance bonds
to guarantee the installation of all site improvements which may include
streets, paving, curbs, parking areas, landscaping, walls, lighting,
sidewalks, sewers and utilities within the period of time specified
by the conditional use permit. Such bond is to be posted prior to
the issuance of the first building permit. Bonds shall contain a clause
to allow an annual inflation cost to be added to the original bond
amount.
(Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011; Ord. 1925 § 2, 2017)
Assisted living facilities and convalescent homes shall comply
with the following zone provisions and conditions imposed in a conditional
use permit:
A. Density.
The number of beds permitted in a facility shall be determined
by multiplying the number of units permitted under the applicable
zoning/general plan standards by the average household size for the
city of Palm Springs according to the latest census figures.
B. Parking.
The number of off-street parking spaces shall be no less than
the following, unless otherwise permitted by the planning commission:
1. Independent Living Facilities.
Three-quarter (3/4) primary space per unit, plus one designated
guest space for each five units.
2. Congregate Care, Assisted Living and Board and Care Facilities.
One half primary space per bedroom, plus one space for each
three employees.
3. Intermediate Care and Skilled Nursing Facilities.
One-quarter (1/4) primary space per bedroom, plus one space
for each three employees.
C. Annual
Review.
The operator of the facility shall submit to the city of Palm
Springs, on an annual basis, a copy of the facility's current state
license. The city may require review of the CUP at the time of such
review to determine continued compliance with the conditions.
(Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011)
A. Purposes.
A conditional use permit for a commercial wind energy conversion
system (WECS) is intended to regulate and provide for the installation
of commercial WECS which are made feasible by the strong prevailing
winds within certain areas of the city designated by the general plan.
The conditions of the permit are meant to ensure that a safe and beneficial
environment, for both the WECS development and the adjacent properties,
is provided.
B. Applicability.
Commercial WECS or WECS arrays, and all other uses listed in subsection
(C) of this section, are permitted in the following zone classifications; provided, the general plan designates the lot within the wind energy overlay and a conditional use permit is granted pursuant to this section:
3. Energy industrial zone (E-I);
4. Manufacturing zone (M-2).
C. Uses
Permitted With a Conditional Use Permit.
1. Commercial WECS and WECS arrays with no limit as to rated power output;
2. Meteorological towers, limited to 330 feet in height or the hub height
of the WECS tower, whichever is greater;
3. Accessory Uses.
Parcels may be used for accessory uses; provided, such uses
are established on the same parcel of land, are incidental or supplemental,
to a permitted use, and do not substantially alter the character of
any permitted use. Accessory uses include, but are not limited to:
(a) Storage of trucks and other vehicles;
(b) Storage of materials, inventory, tools and machinery;
(c) Offices and maintenance shop structures;
(d) Caretaker dwellings; provided, no compensation is received for the
use of any such dwelling and the size of such dwelling is no greater
than 2000 square feet;
(e) Overhead and underground transmission and communications lines and
facilities, including transformers, substations, control rooms, switching
facilities and microwave towers;
(f) Structures necessary for the conservation and development of water
resources, such as dams, pipelines and pumping facilities, and aquaculture;
(h) Solar collectors and photovoltaic panels;
(i) Energy storage facilities;
(j) Natural gas-fueled generation facilities.
D. Application.
Every application for a conditional use permit shall be made
in writing to the planning commission on the forms provided by the
Department and shall be accompanied by the filing fee set forth by
city council resolution. Applications shall be reviewed by the planning
commission for conformance with this section. The application shall
include the following information:
1. Name and address of the applicant;
2. Evidence that the applicant is the owner of the property involved
or has written permission of the owner to make such application;
3. A plot plan and development plan drawn in sufficient detail to clearly
describe the following:
(a) Physical dimensions of the property,
(b) Location and physical dimensions of existing and proposed structures,
(c) Location of electrical lines and facilities,
(e) Proposed grading and removal of natural vegetation,
(f) Wind characteristics and dominant wind direction at the site. Dominant
wind direction is the direction from which 50% or more of the energy
contained in the wind flows,
(j) Utilization of the property under the requested permit;
4. Utility interconnection data and a copy of written notification to
the utility of the proposed interconnection;
5. A photograph or detailed drawing of each model of WECS including
the tower and foundation; and one or more detailed perspective drawings
showing the site fully-developed with all proposed WECS and accessory
structures;
6. Specific information on the type, size, rotor material, rated power
output, performance, safety and noise characteristics of each model
of WECS;
7. Specific information on the type, height, material and safety of
each model of tower;
8. A site preparation and installation schedule;
10. A vicinity map or aerial photograph describing the location, including
distances from existing and proposed WECS, of all residences and other
structures which are within one mile of any property proposed for
WECS installation;
11. Drawings which show phase spacings, configurations and grounding
practices of any proposed electrical distribution lines;
12. An application including any WECS which is located within 20,000
feet of the runway of any airport shall be accompanied by a copy of
written notification to the Federal Aviation Administration;
13. If the application includes any WECS which requires the approval of a height limit greater than that allowed in Subsection
(E,1,a) (500 feet) of this section, a variance application, pursuant to Section
94.06.00 of the Zoning Code, shall be filed concurrently;
14. An application including any WECS with a rated power output of 100
kw or larger which is located within a state-designated Alquist-Priolo
Act Special Study Zone shall be accompanied by a detailed fault hazard
report prepared by a California registered geologist which shall address
the potential for rotor tower failure calculated for the vertical
and horizontal accelerations reasonably expected on the site in the
event of a design earthquake;
15. An application including any WECS which is located within two miles
of any microwave communications link shall be accompanied by a copy
of a written notification to the operator of the link or evidence
that no WECS are located in the microwave path;
16. An application including any WECS which is located within a 100-year
floodplain area, as such flood hazard areas are shown on the zoning
map, shall be accompanied by a detailed report which shall address
the potential for wind erosion, water erosion, sedimentation and flooding,
and such report(s) shall propose mitigation measures for such impacts
to the extent that such impacts are caused by the proposed WECS;
17. Such additional information as shall be reasonably required by the
Director.
E. Standard
and Development Criteria.
1. Height Limits.
(a) No commercial WECS shall exceed 500 feet in height, measured at the
top of the blade in the "twelve o'clock position." Where unusual conditions
warrant, a lower height limit may be imposed as a condition of a conditional
use permit.
(b) No other building or structure shall exceed 30 feet in height, except for meteorological towers permitted by Subsection
(C,2) of this section.
2. Setbacks.
All commercial WECS shall meet these general setback requirements
as well as the other setbacks set forth below.
(a) No building or structure shall be located closer than 50 feet from
any lot line.
(b) No WECS shall be located closer than 1,200 feet from any residence,
hotel, hospital, school, library or convalescent home unless the owner
of such structure waives, in writing, the setback requirement.
(c) Notwithstanding the 1,200 foot setback requirement specified in subsection
(E,2) ("Setbacks") of this section, a lesser setback may be permitted where due to factors of topography or the characteristics of the proposed WECS project, the approving entity finds that the noise, aesthetic or other environmental impacts of the project on adjacent properties will not be any more significant than if the 1,200 foot setback were applied. In the case of the replacement of WECS, pursuant to subsection
(F,3) ("Replacement") of this section, the standard for determining whether a reduction shall be approved is whether the replacement WECS will have a substantially reduced cumulative impact on surrounding property, as compared to the existing project, and whether adhering to the 1,200 foot setback will be an unreasonable economic hardship to the applicant. Wherever a setback reduction is proposed pursuant to this subsection, the setback reduction shall be included in all notices, and, if the WECS permit shall specifically state the required setback.
3. Safety Setbacks.
(a) No commercial WECS shall be located where the center of the tower
is within a distance of 1.1 times the total WECS height from any above-ground
electrical transmission line of more than 12 kV.
(b) No commercial WECS shall be located where the center of the tower
is within a distance of 1.1 times the total WECS height from any public
highway or road, railroad or off-site building. The setback herein
specified shall be measured from the boundary of the public right-of-way
or railroad right-of-way.
(c) No commercial WECS shall be located where the center of the tower
is within a distance of 1.1 times the total WECS height from any lot
line. No commercial WECS shall be located where the center of the
tower is within 500 feet or 1.1 times the total WECS height from any
lot line of a lot which contains a dwelling, whichever is greater.
(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections
(E,3,b) and (E,3,c) ("Safety Setbacks") of this section, the setbacks therein specified may be reduced to less than 1.1 times the total WECS height if the planning commission determines that the topography of, or other conditions related to, the adjacent property or right-of-way eliminates or substantially reduces the potential safety hazards. Whenever a setback reduction is proposed pursuant to this subsection, the setback reduction shall be included in all notices regarding the conditional use permit, and, if granted, the conditional use permit shall specifically state the required setback.
4. Wind Access Setbacks.
(a) No commercial WECS shall be located where the center of the tower
is within a distance of five rotor diameters from a lot line that
is perpendicular to and downwind of, or within 45 degrees of perpendicular
to and downwind of, the dominant wind direction.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection
(4,a) (Wind access setbacks) of this section, such setbacks from lot lines do not apply if the application is accompanied by a legally enforceable agreement or waiver for a period of 25 years or the life of the permit that the adjacent landowner agrees to the elimination of the setback, or if the planning commission determines that the characteristics of the downwind property eliminate the ability to develop said downwind property with commercial WECS.
5. Scenic Setbacks.
(a) No commercial WECS shall be located where the center of the tower
is within 1,315 feet (one-quarter (¼) mile) of State Highway
62 and of that portion of Interstate 10 between State Highway 62 and
the Whitewater River, commonly known as the Whitewater Grade.
(b) No commercial WECS shall be located where the center of the tower
is within 500 feet of Indian Canyon Drive/Indian Avenue.
(c) No commercial WECS shall be located where the center of the tower is within 500 feet of Interstate 10, except as specified in subsection
(5,a) ("Scenic Setbacks") of this section.
(d) No commercial WECS shall be located where the center of the tower
is within 3,472 feet (2/3 mile) of State Highway 111.
(e) No commercial WECS shall be permitted south of State Highway 111.
(f) No commercial WECS shall be located where the center of the tower
is within 1.1 times the total WECS height from Dillon Road.
(g) The setbacks specified in the subsections above shall be measured
from the nearest boundary of the public right-of-way.
(h) Notwithstanding the provisions of the subsections
(5) ("Scenic Setbacks") of this section, the setbacks therein specified may be reduced if the planning commission determines that the characteristics of the surrounding property eliminate or substantially reduce considerations of scenic value. Whenever a setback reduction is proposed pursuant to this subsection, the setback reduction shall be included in all notices regarding the conditional use permit, and, if granted, the conditional use permit shall specifically state the required setback.
6. Safety and Security.
(a) Fencing, or other appropriate measures, shall be required to prevent
unauthorized access to the WECS or WECS array.
(b) Guy wires shall be distinctly marked.
(c) Signs in English and Spanish warning of the electrical and other
hazards associated with the WECS shall be posted at the base of each
tower and at reasonable intervals on fences or barriers.
(d) Horizontal-axis WECS.
The lowest extension of the rotor of a horizontal-axis WECS
shall be at least 25 feet from the ground.
(e) Vertical-axis WECS.
A fence or other barrier shall be erected around a vertical-axis
WECS whose rotors are less than 15 feet from the ground.
7. Seismic Safety.
(a) All WECS shall comply with the requirements of the applicable seismic
zone of the Uniform Building Code or with the seismic design recommendation
in an approved geotechnical report on the project.
(b) Control facilities for commercial WECS or WECS arrays shall not be
located within 660 feet of any fault within a state-designated Alquist-Priolo
Act Special Studies Zone.
8. Fire Protection.
Upon recommendation of the city fire department, commercial
WECS and WECS arrays may include fire control and prevention measures
including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) Fireproof or fire-resistant building materials;
(b) Buffers of fire-retardant landscaping;
(c) An automatic fire-extinguishing system;
9. Interconnection and Electrical Distribution Facilities.
Interconnection shall conform to procedures and standards established
by the California Public Utilities Commission.
10. Unsafe and Inoperable WECS.
(a)
Whenever any existing commercial WECS are modified, or any new
commercial WECS are installed, any commercial WECS on the site which
are unsafe, inoperable or abandoned or for which the permit has expired
shall be removed by the owner or brought into compliance with the
provisions of this section. All safety hazards created by the installation
and operation of the WECS shall be eliminated. Whenever the operation
of any WECS is eliminated, the site shall be restored to its condition
prior to installation. A bond, in an amount approved by the Director,
or other appropriate form of security, in a form approved by the city
attorney, may be required to cover the cost of removal and site restoration.
(b)
Every unsafe or inoperable commercial WECS and every commercial
WECS which has not generated power for 12 consecutive months is declared
to be a public nuisance which shall be abated by repair, rehabilitation,
demolition or removal. The appropriate abatement method shall be determined
by the Director based upon the cost of abatement and the degree to
which the WECS will meet the requirements of this section following
abatement. A commercial WECS which has not generated power for 12
consecutive months shall not be considered a public nuisance; provided,
the owner can demonstrate that modernization, rebuilding or repairs
are in progress or planned and that a good faith effort is being made
to return the WECS to service at the earliest practical date. If a
commercial WECS does not deliver power as a result of a curtailment
whereby power is not accepted by the contracted utility, the period
of curtailment shall be added to the minimum period defined above.
11. Interference with Navigational Systems.
No commercial WECS shall be installed which do not comply with
Federal Aviation Administration regulations for siting structures
near an airport or VORTAC installation.
12. Site Disruption.
Prior to the issuance of building permits for a commercial WECS
development, all areas where significant site disruption is proposed
shall be temporarily marked off. All construction activities shall
be limited to the areas marked off.
13. Certification.
(a)
The foundation, tower and compatibility of the tower with the
rotor and rotor-related equipment shall be certified in writing by
a structural engineer registered in California that they conform with
good engineering practices and comply with the appropriate provisions
of the Uniform Building Code that have been adopted by the city.
(b)
The electrical system shall be certified in writing by an electrical
engineer, registered in California, that it conforms with good engineering
practices and complies with appropriate provisions of the National
Electrical Code that have been adopted by the city.
(c)
The rotor overspeed control system shall be certified in writing
by a mechanical engineer, registered in any state, that it conforms
to good engineering practices.
14. Noise.
A commercial WECS or WECS array shall not be operated inconsistent with the provisions of Chapter
11.74, (Noise ordinance) of the Palm Springs Municipal Code.
15. Electrical Distribution Lines.
(a)
To the extent economically prudent, as determined by the planning
commission, electrical distribution lines on the project site shall
be undergrounded up to the low voltage side of the step-up transformer
or to the utility interface point of an on-site substation.
(b)
Any electrical distribution line of less than 34 kV, not subject
to the jurisdiction of the California Public Utilities Commission,
which is located within one mile of State Highways 62 and 111, or
within one mile of the portion of Interstate 10 commonly known as
the Whitewater Grade (between State Highway 62 and the Whitewater
River) shall be installed underground if such installation is feasible,
as determined by the Director.
(c)
Electrical distribution lines shall be governed by the latest
edition of "Suggested Practices for Raptor Protection on Powerlines"
on file with the Bureau of Land Management. Use of this information
should be made to design the proposed facilities with proper grounding,
phase spacing and configuration such that it will prevent, to the
best of the design engineer's ability, the electrocution of raptors.
The use of designs other than those included in "Suggested Practices"
that are, in the opinion of the Director, raptor safe, shall be permitted
in public rights-of-way. The cost of such alternate designs shall
be at the applicant's expense.
16. Monitoring.
(a)
Upon reasonable notice, and subject to the applicant's safety
and security procedures, city officials or their designated representatives
may enter a lot on which a conditional use permit has been granted
for the purpose of monitoring noise and other environmental impacts.
Twenty-four hours advance notice shall be deemed reasonable notice.
(b)
The holder of a conditional use permit shall report to the Department
all dead birds found within 500 feet of a WECS and all sightings of
the Coachella Valley Fringe-Toed Lizard on the WECS site.
(c)
The holder of a conditional use permit may be required to submit
periodic monitoring reports containing data on the operations and
environmental impacts.
(d)
A toll-free telephone number shall be maintained for each commercial
WECS project and shall be distributed to surrounding property owners
to facilitate the reporting of noise irregularities and equipment
malfunctions.
17. Time-Related Conditions.
Where no operating data for the proposed turbines is available,
the granting of a conditional use permit may be conditioned upon the
installation and operation of one or more WECS for a period not to
exceed six months in order to demonstrate performance characteristics
of the WECS. If such a monitoring condition is imposed, the permit
shall specify the standards which must be met in order to continue
development. If a standard is not being met at the expiration of the
required monitoring period, the applicant and the city may agree to
an extension. The time within which the permit must be used shall
be extended for the period of required monitoring.
18. Development Impacts.
A one-time or periodic fee and a requirement to provide public
works or services may be imposed as a condition of a conditional use
permit. Such exactions must be related to the public need created
by the wind energy development. The purposes for which the permit
exaction may be used include, but are not limited to, providing roads
required by the wind development and establishing and operating a
monitoring system.
19. Signs.
No advertising sign or logo shall be placed or painted on any
commercial WECS. Unless otherwise approved by the planning commission,
the conditional use permit may permit the placement of no more than
one project identification sign relating to the development on the
project site, but no such sign shall exceed 50 square feet in surface
area or eight feet in height.
20. Color and Finish of WECS.
All commercial WECS shall be either light environmental colors
(such as off-white, gray, beige or tan) or darker fully-saturated
colors (such as dark blue or green, maroon or rust red) or galvanized.
All commercial WECS shall have a matte or galvanized finish unless
the Director determines that such finish adversely affects the performance
of the WECS or other good cause is shown to permit any other finish.
21. Contingent Approval.
A commercial WECS may be granted subject to necessary approvals
from the Federal Aviation Administration or other approving authorities.
22. General Conditions.
The city may impose conditions on the granting of a conditional
use permit in order to achieve the purposes of this Zoning Code and
the general plan and to protect the health, safety or general welfare
of the community.
23. Notification.
Upon approval of a conditional use permit, the city shall provide
written notice to the California Public Utilities Commission, the
California Energy Commission and the concerned utility.
F. Use
of Permit.
1. Any conditional use permit that is granted shall be used within two
years from the effective date thereof or within such additional time
as may be set in the conditions or approval, which shall not exceed
a total of four years; otherwise, the permit shall be null and void.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a permit is required to be used
within less than four years, the permittee may, prior to its expiration,
request an extension of time pursuant to Section 94.12.00 in which
to use the permit. An extension of time may be granted by the commission
upon a determination that valid reason exists for permittee not using
the permit within the required period of time. If an extension is
granted, the total time period allowed for use of the permit shall
not exceed a period of four years, calculated from the effective date
of the issuance of the permit. The term "use" shall mean the beginning
of substantial construction or commencement of the use that is authorized,
which construction must thereafter be pursued diligently to completion.
2. Life of Permit.
A conditional use permit shall be valid for the useful life
of the WECS included in the permit. The life of the permit shall be
determined at the time of approval and shall not exceed 30 years.
3. Replacement.
(a) Individual commercial WECS which have been installed pursuant to
a conditional use, or other WECS, permit may be replaced with approval
of a land use permit provided the replacement WECS meets all of the
following:
(i)
The replacement blade length does not increase or decrease by
more than 30%; and
(ii)
The overall height of the individual commercial WECS remains
at 300 feet or less; and
(iii)
The individual commercial WECS remains in conformance with the other standards listed in subsection
(E) of this section.
Such determination shall be made by the Director according to
Section 94.02.01 (Land use permits).
|
(b) WECS arrays which have been installed pursuant to a conditional use,
or other WECS, permit may be replaced with approval of a land use
permit; provided, two or more individual WECS shall be removed for
each replacement WECS installed and the replacement WECS array meets
all of the following:
(i)
The replacement blade length for each individual commercial
WECS does not increase or decrease by more than 30%; and
(ii)
The overall height of each individual commercial WECS remains
at 300 feet or less; and
(iii)
The individual commercial WECS remains in conformance with the other standards listed in subsection
(E) of this section.
Such determination shall be made by the Director according to
Section 94.02.01 (Land use permits).
|
(c) WECS replacements not meeting the criteria above require approval
of a subsequent conditional use permit.
(d) Any WECS on which the cost of alteration, restoration, repair or rebuilding in a 12 month period exceeds 75% of the replacement cost and shall be subject to subsections
(E,3,a) through (E,3,c) ("Safety Setbacks") of this section.
(e) Existing WECS, upon adoption of this section, shall be considered
to hold a valid conditional use permit under the conditions by which
such WECS was originally approved; such WECS shall not be considered
nonconforming by virtue of the provisions of this section.
G. Revocation
or Voiding of Conditional Use Permit.
1. The council, with or without a recommendation from the planning commission,
may, after notice and public hearing, revoke any conditional use permit
for noncompliance with any of the conditions set forth in granting
the permit.
2. Notice.
(a) Notice shall be mailed to the record owner and lessee of the subject
property not less than 20 days prior to holding a public hearing.
Such notice shall state the complaint and shall request appearance
of such owner and lessee at the time and place specified for the hearing
to show cause why the permit should not be revoked.
(b) Notification of property owners shall be given as provided in Section
94.02.00(B)(4).
3. Within 10 days after the public hearing, the council may by resolution,
revoke or modify the conditional use permit. After revocation, the
subject property shall conform to all regulations of the zone in which
it is located according to a time schedule determined by the city
council.
4. If the time limit for development expires and development has not
commenced, or the use permitted by the conditional use permit does
not exist or commenced, the conditional use permit shall be considered
void. No notice need be given nor hearing held. An extension of time
may be approved pursuant to the requirements of Section 94.12.00.
5. Termination of a use granted herein for a period of one calendar
year shall terminate the use rights granted without further notice
or public hearing. An extension of the time limit may be approved
by the planning commission, or the city council, upon written request
by the applicant and a showing of good cause.
H. Reapplication.
Application may not be made for a similar conditional use permit
on the same land, building or structure within a period of six months
from the date of the final decision on such previous application unless
such decision is a denial without prejudice.
I. Existing
Permits.
Any conditional use permit granted pursuant to any zoning ordinance
enacted prior to the effective date of this Zoning Code shall be construed
to be a conditional use permit under this Zoning Code subject to all
conditions imposed in such permit. Such permit may, however, be revoked
or voided as provided in Section 94.02.00(I) above.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1307, 1988; Ord. 1347, 1990; Ord. 1418, 1992; Ord. 1472, 1994; Ord. 1500, 1995; Ord. 1502, 1995; Ord. 1511, 1995; Ord. 1551, 1998; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 1590 § 23, 2000; Ord. 1799 §
2, 2011; Ord. 1925 §§
3, 4, 2017; Ord. 1992 § 2,
2019; Ord. 2031 §§ 54,
55, 2020)
A. Purpose.
The purpose of this section is to regulate the height and placement
of antennas which are located outside of buildings and which can be
seen from public streets and neighboring properties. The value of
antennas is recognized and it is not the purpose of this section to
prohibit their use through undue restrictions; however, it should
be recognized that the uncontrolled installation of outside antennas
can be detrimental to the appearance of a neighborhood and to the
city of Palm Springs and is contrary to the city's policy of requiring
utilities to be installed underground. Therefore, in considering the
welfare of the citizens and property owners of the city of Palm Springs,
the city council finds it desirable and necessary to regulate the
height and location of antennas, and the following regulations are
determined to be imperative.
B. Definitions.
As used in Subsections under 93.23.08, the following terms are
defined in this section:
"Antenna"
means a device for radiating and/or receiving radio waves.
"Array antenna"
means an antenna consisting of two or more radiating elements,
generally similar, which are arranged and excited in such a manner
as to obtain directional radiation patterns. It includes any structural
members which are necessary to maintain the proper electrical relationships
between the radiating elements, but does not include the mast or other
structure used to support the array as a whole, nor does it include
the transmission line which supplies energy to or receives energy
from the array as a whole.
"Broadcast receiving antenna"
means an outside antenna used for the reception of signals
transmitted by stations licensed by the Federal Communications Commission
in the radio broadcast services, including AM, FM and TV.
"Building inspector"
means the director of planning and building of the city of
Palm Springs, or any of his authorized assistants.
"Collinear antenna"
means a linear array in which the radiating elements are
disposed end-to-end in a substantially straight vertical line.
"Commercial communications antenna"
means a telecommunications antenna designed to transmit or
receive communications as authorized by the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC). The commercial communication antenna shall not include
amateur radio operators' equipment, as licensed by the FCC, or home
satellite/television antennas.
"Dipole"
means a driven element in the form of a conductor approximately
one-half (½) wavelength long, split at its electrical center
for connection to the transmission line feeding the antenna.
"Director element"
means a parasitic element located forward of the driven element
of an antenna, intended to increase the directive gain of the antenna
in the forward direction.
"Driven element"
means a radiating element coupled directly to the transmission
line feeding the antenna.
"Inverted-v antenna"
means an antenna consisting of a single dipole constructed
of wire and supported at the center and ends in such a manner as to
form an inverted "V" in a vertical plan.
"Linear array"
means an array antenna having the centers of the radiating
elements lying along a straight line.
"Mast"
means a pole of wood or metal, or a tower fabricated of metal,
used to support a broadcast receiving antenna or a communications
antenna and maintain it at the proper elevation.
"Parabolic antenna"
means an antenna consisting of a driven element and a reflector
element, the latter having the shape of portion of a paraboloid or
revolution.
"Parasitic element"
means a radiating element which is not directly coupled to
the transmission line feeding the antenna. It includes director elements
and reflector elements.
"Radiating element"
means a basic subdivision of an antenna which in itself is
capable of effectively radiating or receiving radio waves. It includes
driven elements and parasitic elements.
"Reflector element"
means a parasitic element located in a direction other than
forward of the driven element of an antenna, intended to increase
the directive gain of the antenna in the forward direction.
"Whip antenna"
means an antenna consisting of a single, slender, rod-like
driven element, less than one wave-length long, which is supported
only at its base and is fed at or near its base. It may include at
its base a group of conductors disposed horizontally, or substantially
so, forming an artificial ground-plane.
"Yagi antenna"
means a linear array in which the radiating elements are
parallel to each other and are disposed along and perpendicular to
a single supporting boom. The plane of the radiating elements may
be vertical or horizontal.
C.
Regulations.
Plans and Permits.
It is unlawful for any person to erect or cause to be erected
within the city of Palm Springs any outside antenna without first
submitting plans for such antenna to the director of planning and
building for approval. The director of planning and building shall
issue a permit for the erection of an antenna complying with the provisions
of this section, and the permit fee shall be such amount as has been
prescribed by resolution of the city council. The permit procedure
shall be for the purpose of insuring that an antenna is installed
in conformance to requirements of this section and in a location and
manner which will not be detrimental to surrounding properties. The
director of planning and building shall be guided by the following
standards in the approval of the antenna plans:
1. Broadcast Receiving Antennas.
a. Permissible Types: Broadcast receiving antennas may be of any type.
b. Maximum Allowable Dimensions.
Broadcast receiving antennas may be of any size compatible with
the height limitations hereinafter prescribed.
c. Height and Placement Limitations.
The following limitations shall apply to broadcast receiving
antennas in all areas in the city of Palm Springs:
(i)
Whip Antennas.
If the antenna is mounted on a building, the lower extremity of the driven element shall be located not more than three feet above the surface of the roof, directly beneath the antenna. If the antenna is not mounted on a building, the lower extremity of the driven element shall be located not more than 12 feet above ground level, or within any required yard except as permitted by Section
94.06.01.
(ii)
Other Antennas.
If the antenna is mounted on a building, no part of the antenna structure shall extend to a height of more than six feet above the surface of the roof directly beneath the antenna, unless screened from view. If the antenna is not mounted on a building, no part of the antenna structure shall extend to a height of more than 15 feet above ground level nor shall it be located within any required yard except as permitted by Section
94.06.01.
2. Communication Antennas.
a. Permissible Types.
The use of communications antennas shall be restricted to the
following types:
b. Maximum Allowable Dimensions.
Dimensions of the several allowable types of communications
antennas shall be limited as follows:
(i)
Whip Antennas.
The antenna may be of any size compatible with the height limitations
hereinafter prescribe.
(ii)
Inverted-V Antennas.
The radiating element may be of any size compatible with the
height and placement limitations hereinafter prescribed.
(iii)
Collinear Antennas.
The antenna may be of any size compatible with the height limitations
hereinafter prescribed.
(iv)
Yagi Antennas.
The length of the single boom supporting the radiating elements
shall not exceed 20 feet. The length of the longest radiating element
shall not exceed 30 feet.
c. Height and Placement Limitations.
The following limitations shall apply to the several allowable
types of communications antennas in the indicated areas of the city
of Palm Springs:
(i)
Areas Zoned M-1.
In areas zoned M-1, no part of the antenna structure shall extend
to a height of more than 60 feet above ground level.
(ii)
Commercial and Professional Zones.
The provisions governing broadcast receiving antennas shall
apply.
(iii)
Other Areas.
In areas other than those zoned M-1, commercial or professional, not more than one communications antenna shall be permitted on a property, except that two antennas shall be permitted on a property if one of the two antennas is a whip antenna. No part of the antenna structure shall extend to a height of more than 25 feet above the highest point of the roof of the principal building on the property. The mast supporting the antenna, or supporting the center of the an-tenna in the case of an inverted-V antenna, shall be of the self-supporting type, without guy wires. The maximum cross-sectional dimension of the mast shall not at any point along the axis of the mast exceed 15 inches, plus 1/3 inch for each foot of distance between such point and the top of the mast. The director of planning and building may, in approving a permit for the antenna, require the mast to be painted in such a manner as to render it less conspicuous. The location of the antenna on the property shall be such as to screen the antenna as much as possible from view from surrounding properties and streets, and the director of planning and building may, in approving a permit for the antenna, require additional landscaping to be provided for screening purposes. If the antenna structure (or, in the case of a whip antenna, that portion of the antenna structure below the base of the driven element) is screened by buildings or vegetation so that it is not visible to a person standing anywhere on adjacent property or standing anywhere in the same block on the closest street in any direction, the foregoing height limitations shall not apply. Antennas, exceeding six feet in height, shall not be located within required setback areas, except in accordance with Section
94.06.01.
(iv)
Commercial Communication Antennas.
A communication antenna in which the means for transmitting
or receiving communications do not have a visual impact on the immediate
area as determined by the director of planning and building are subject
to Section 94.04.00 (Architectural review). These facilities shall
be of a scale consistent with surrounding structures and shall be
incorporated into the overall architectural design of the structures
and/or the site. Commercial communication antennas that may have a
visual impact in the surrounding area as determined by the director
of planning and building shall be subject to Section 94.02.00 (Conditional
use permit).
D. Variances.
Pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section
94.06.01 of the Zoning Code, the director of planning and building may grant variances to the above-specified limitations. In cases involving applications for height limit variances, no such variance shall be granted unless the director makes one of the following findings in addition to those required in Section
94.06.01.
1. For Broadcast Receiving Antennas.
That in the area involved, reception is adversely affected by
obstructions, and no qualified installer will be able to make a satisfactory
installation within the specified height limitations;
2. For Communications Antennas.
That in the area involved, transmission or reception is adversely
affected by obstructions and, as verified by at least one person holding
a valid radio-telephone first-class operator's license issued by the
Federal Communications Commission, it is not feasible to achieve and
maintain satisfactory communications within the specified height limitations.
E. Exceptions.
Nothing contained in this section shall prevent the installation
and maintenance of antennas necessary for the operation of public
authorities for the protection of the health, safety and welfare of
the community. Plans for such antennas shall be reviewed by the director
of planning and building before installation.
F. Authority
to Inspect.
A building inspector is empowered to inspect or re-inspect any
antenna installation for violation of this code and, if such installation
is found in violation, shall notify the person owning or operating
such antenna and require the correction of the condition within 48
hours.
G. Failure
to Correct.
Failure to correct violations within the time specified in Section "F" above shall subject the violator to the penalties provided in Section
1.01.140 through 1.04.165 inclusive of the Palm Springs Municipal Code.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1347, 1990; Ord. 1551, 1998; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011)
Fall-out shelters shall be permitted in all zone districts within
the city, subject to the requirements found in this section.
A. Fall-out
shelters located in the residential zone districts on a minor street,
when the shelter is located entirely below the level of the ground,
shall be located a minimum of five feet from the property line or
five feet from the street right-of-way line, whichever requires the
greater setback. Setbacks for shelters in front yards, or street side
yards, on other than a minor street may be increased by the public
works department to suit future street improvements.
B. Front
yard and street side yard shelter requirements.
When a fall-out shelter is located in any front yard or any
side street yard, the vents, shelter doors or other projections above
the level of the ground shall be located a minimum of 15 feet from
the front or street side yard property line. All vents shall be concealed
from the street by landscaping. When the shelter door, or any part
of the structure other than the vents, is more than 18 inches above
the ground level, then that part above ground level shall receive
architectural approval from the architectural advisory committee prior
to erection of the structure.
C. Attachment
to a building.
When a fall-out shelter is located above the ground and attached
to the main dwelling or building, it shall meet all zoning requirements
of the main building.
D. Accessory
shelter.
When a fall-out shelter is located above the ground in a structure
detached from the main building, it shall meet all zoning requirements
of the main building or guest house.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011)
Ordinary day care in the home, of nonresident children needing
supervision by reason of their youth, shall be permitted only when
listed in a zone as a principal permitted use, land use or as a conditional
use. Where listed as a conditional use, no such use shall be made
unless there is approved and in full force and effect a conditional
use permit, as provided in Section 94.02.00. Where listed as a land
use, no such use shall be made unless the following requirements are
and have been met.
A. Permit
required.
No such use shall be established or maintained until there has
been issued and there is in full force and effect a land use permit
therefore issued by the director of planning and zoning. Application
for any such permit shall be in such form and shall provide such information
as is required by the director as is deemed necessary to process the
application. In addition to obtaining a local permit, the use shall
be carried on pursuant to state and county licensing procedures.
B. Hearings
and conditions.
The director shall afford the applicant the opportunity for
a due-process hearing before denying any such application or imposing
any condition not agreed to in writing by the applicant. Conditions
may be imposed which the director deems necessary in order to protect
the peace, health, safety or welfare of other persons in the vicinity
or of the general public, but he may deny a permit only in a case
where he finds that the issuance thereof, even with conditions and
restrictions, would be unduly detrimental to the peace, health, safety
or welfare of other persons or properties, private or public, in the
vicinity, or to the public interest.
C. Revocation
of permits.
The planning commission or the director of planning and zoning
in the case of land use permits, shall have the power and authority
to revoke any permit issued pursuant hereto at any time when it is
found, after due-process hearing, that:
1. The conditions imposed in connection with such permit have been violated
or not adhered to; or
2. There exists any state of facts which would have been good reason
to deny issuance of the permit when applied for regardless of when
such state of facts arose; or
3. The protection of the peace, health or safety of any person or the
general public, or the protection of the rights of any person to peaceable
and unmolested enjoyment of his property, requires such revocation;
or
4. The activities for which the permit was issued have substantially
exceeded those represented at the time of application, or the activity
has been conducted in violation or noncompliance with any applicable
law or regulation.
D. Appeals.
Any decision of the director hereunder may be appealed to the planning commission per the procedure, as applicable, prescribed in Section 94.02.00(D). Any decision of the planning commission hereunder may be appealed to the city council according to the procedure provided by Chapter
2.05 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code.
(Ord. 294, 1988; Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011)
A. Definitions.
For the purposes of this section, a "time-share project" is one in which time-share rights or entitlement to use or occupy any real property or portion thereof has been divided as defined in Section
3.24.020(7) of the Palm Springs Municipal Code into 12 or more time periods of such rights or entitlement.
B. Zones
in Which Permitted—Conditional Use Permit Required.
A time-share project shall be permissible only in such zones
and at the locations therein where a hotel use would be permitted
as hereinafter provided. Unless otherwise provided elsewhere in this
Zoning Code, the zones in which such projects are permissible are
the R-3, R-4, R-4VP, C-B-D, C-1, C-1AA and C-2 zones. Time-share projects
shall be permissible in the G-R-5 and R-2 zones whenever the subject
site in either zone is located fronting on a major or secondary thoroughfare
as indicated on the city's general plan. No time-share project, use
of occupancy shall be permitted in a planned development district
unless expressly shown or described on the approved development plan
for such district. No time-share project shall be allowed in any case
wherein condominium by-laws, or covenants, conditions and restrictions
expressly prohibit time-share uses. No time-share project shall be
allowed in an "A" zone.
C. Application
for Time-share Project Approval.
An applicant for approval of a proposed time-share project shall
submit a complete application on a form as prescribed by the Department,
in addition to any other application information or forms that may
be necessary in the particular case.
D. Transient
Occupancy Tax Applicable.
All time-share projects shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter
3.28 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code.
E. Time-share
Conditional Use Permit.
In addition to other considerations of the conditional use permit
for a time-share project, the following shall apply:
1. In the event an existing condominium project is proposed to be converted
to a whole or partial time-share project, a verified description or
statement of the number and percentage of the current condominium
owners desiring or consenting to the proposed conversion of some or
all of the units to a time-share basis shall be submitted. Also in
such instance, there shall be submitted a verified statement of the
number and percentage of owners who have received notification, either
personally (proof by signature of the recipient or witness) or by
receipted certified U.S. mail, that application to so convert the
project would be submitted to the commission.
2. The commission may approve or deny an application for conditional
use permit for a time-share project, in accordance with the general
provisions regarding findings and conditions in Section 94.02.00.
No application shall be approved unless, among other considerations,
it appears that more than 50% of the owners of condominium units (not
including those owned by the applicant and/or developer or any person
or entity affiliated therewith) have received notification, either
personally or by receipted certified U.S. mail as referred in subsection
(E)(1) of this section. The commission may impose such conditions
as it determines are necessary to protect the public safety, health,
peace and welfare. Each use permit shall be issued with a condition
attached that no time-share rights or entitlement shall be sold or
offered for sale unless, at such time, there then exists a valid final
subdivision public report for the sale of such time-share rights or
entitlement, issued by the Department of Real Estate of the state
of California. In determining whether, and under what conditions to
issue any such conditional use permit, the commission, among other
things, may consider:
a. The impact of the time-sharing project on transient or permanent
rental stock;
b. The impact of time-sharing on present and future city services;
c. Nonconformity with current zoning regulations and the general plan,
and reasonable conditions to eliminate same;
d. Nonconformity with existing uniform building and fire codes and reasonable
conditions to eliminate same;
e. The sign program proposed for the project;
f. The landscaping proposed for the project;
g. Traffic circulation and parking;
h. The applicant's description of the methods proposed to be employed
to guarantee the future adequacy, stability and continuity of a satisfactory
level of management and maintenance of the time-share project;
i. The desirability of requiring an office of the managing agent or
agency be located locally or on-site, as appropriate;
j. Any other factors deemed relevant and any other information which
the commission or the applicant considers necessary or desirable to
an appropriate and proper consideration of the application.
F. Appeals.
The provisions of Chapter
2.05 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code shall apply.
G. Exceptions.
This Zoning Code shall not affect time-share projects for which
approved permits from the State Department of Real Estate have been
issued prior to October 16, 1980, or projects in which units have
been lawfully sold or offered for sale to the public prior to October
16, 1980.
H. Severability.
If any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this
Zoning Code is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional
by the decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, such decisions
shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Zoning
Code.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1418, 1992; Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011; Ord. 2031 §
56, 2020)
A. Purpose.
The specific purposes of this section are to implement general
plan goals and policies; to provide sufficient hotel rooms to support
the use of the city's convention and conference center facilities;
to protect the residential housing supply; to assure that condominium
hotel projects are conditioned upon development approval in such a
way as to ensure appropriate public health, safety, welfare and land
use classifications and standards; to mitigate po-tential impacts
of condominium hotels on traffic congestion, parks, and recreation,
air quality, building design and safety, police, fire and emergency
services; to assure the provision of other adequate public facilities;
to provide hotel and resort hotel developers flexibility in the financing
of new hotel and resort hotel projects; to prohibit conversion of
existing hotels and resort hotels to condominium hotels; and to provide
the city with appropriate regulation of licensing, taxation, operation,
and ownership.
B. Zones
in Which Condominium Hotels are permitted—Conditional Use Permit
Application Required.
A condominium hotel shall be permissible only in such zones
and at such locations therein where a hotel use, or resort hotel use
would be permitted. Before an application for a condominium hotel
may be approved, a Conditional Use Permit application shall be prepared
and adopted for the property on which the condominium hotel will be
located and shall include a comprehensive land use plan that complies
with the goals and policies of the general plan and the requirements
of this section. The Conditional Use Permit application shall include
such components and elements necessary or appropriate to ensure the
provision of services and improvements and the payment of fees, charges,
and/or assessments to offset any negative or adverse financial or
fiscal effects on the city or the city's ability to provide services
to the project, neighboring properties, and the city as a whole. In
approving a Conditional Use Permit for a condominium hotel, the planning
commission may impose reasonable conditions of approval. A tentative
tract map may also be submitted for approval with the Conditional
Use Permit application.
C. Findings
Required.
In approving a Conditional Use Permit for a condominium hotel,
the planning commission shall make the following findings in addition
to those specified in Section 94.02.00 of this Code:
1. CC&Rs and/or other documents satisfactory to the Director and
city attorney will be recorded to ensure the long term maintenance
and operation of the condominium hotel in accordance with this chapter
and the terms of any permits or approvals issued for the condominium
hotel and to provide notice to future purchasers of the city's right
to enforce the CC&Rs and/or other documents, this chapter, and
the terms of any permits or approvals issued for the condo-hotel.
2. The proposed condominium hotel does not involve the conversion or
the replacement of a hotel, resort hotel, or hotel or resort hotel
units, constructed on or before July 1, 2007.
D. Condominium
Hotel Regulations.
It is the intent of this section to ensure that condominium
hotels are operated and governed in substantially the same manner
as hotels and or resort hotels. The provisions of this section are
designed to protect and preserve the density requirements mandated
in districts where hotels and resort hotels are allowed, as well as
preserving future land uses for short term transient accommodations
made available to the general public, visitors, and tourists. The
regulations in this section are intended to ensure that the land use
and business operation of condominium hotels remain an exclusively
commercial enterprise. The provisions of this section are in addition
to the regulations relating to hotel or resort hotel development found
elsewhere in the Zoning Code.
1. All units in a condominium hotel may be used only for short term
transient accommodations.
2. Licensing will be required of all condominium hotels through all
applicable state and local agencies. All licenses must be kept current.
3. A unified management operation shall be required as an integral part
of the condominium hotel for all activities.
4. There shall be a lobby/front desk area where all guests and condo
hotel unit owners must register with the hotel operator upon arrival
and departure, as in a hotel or resort hotel.
5. There shall be a uniform key entry system operated by the condominium
hotel manager to receive and disburse keys for each condominium hotel
unit.
6. There must be one central telephone system operated by the condominium
hotel manager in order to access each condominium hotel unit.
7. All condo hotel units shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter
3.28 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code relating to the imposition and collection of transient occupancy taxes. Each condo hotel owner that allows the rental of his or her condo hotel unit, either individually, through a rental agent, or through participation in a rental program, is subject to the provisions of Chapter
3.28 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code. The per diem transient occupancy tax constitutes a lien by the city of Palm Springs and the city has the right but not the duty to foreclose on a condo hotel unit for non-payment of taxes due.
8. Use of a condo hotel unit arising out of an exchange program with an affiliated hotel property or the redemption of brand-related rewards or loyalty points shall be subject to transient occupancy tax per Municipal Code Chapter
3.28 based on the equivalent daily rental value for that room exchanged free of charge or otherwise reduced in the program. Such use shall not be considered personal use by the condo-hotel owner.
9. Condo hotel units shall not be used for homesteading purposes, home
occupational licensing, voter registration or vehicle registration.
10. As a commercial use, condominium hotels are to be entitled under
the hotel land use standards in any zone that allows the development
of a hotel or resort use; included in these standards are density,
parking standards, payment of in-lieu park fees ("Quimby" fees), and
assessment of the public safety community facilities district.
11. Nothing in this section allows for the creation of time-share or
fractional interests in any condo hotel unit.
12. All condominium hotels must have approved signage viewable by the
general public designating the property as a hotel or resort hotel.
13. A condo-hotel unit may be used for personal use of the condo-hotel
unit owner. Such personal use shall not exceed 75 days in any consecutive
12 month period nor shall a condominium hotel unit be occupied by
a condo-hotel unit owner for more than 28 consecutive days. Owners
may delegate their right of use and occupancy directly or through
an exchange program. At all other times, units shall be used for short
term transient occupancy purposes only. If a condo hotel owner exceeds
the 75 days of personal use restrictions described in this subsection,
the owner shall be subject to an assessment for each day in excess
thereof payable to the city in an amount as the council may adopt
and amend by resolution or as may be otherwise addressed as a condition
of approval at the time of the planned development district approval.
14. Each condo-hotel unit owner, the owners' association, and condominium
hotel manager or any other rental entity shall maintain and regularly
make available to city such information, books, records, and documentation,
and also shall allow reasonable access to individual units, as the
city finds necessary to have or review in order to ensure that city
may determine the condominium hotel's compliance with this section
and other applicable city laws, regulations, project conditions, and
mitigation measures. The original and every subsequent condominium
hotel manager or other rental entity renting condo-hotel units shall
immediately advise the Director of its name, qualifications, address,
telephone number, and the name of a contact person.
15. Any change or amendment to the CC&Rs shall require the approval
of the Palm Springs city council.
16. An owners' association shall be established to govern, maintain,
and operate the condominium hotel and its services including, but
not limited to, housekeeping for all public areas (including lobby
and hallways), front desk, concierge services, and other hospitality
services as provided in a hotel or resort hotel and in accordance
with CC&Rs satisfactory to the city. The CC&Rs, as well as
other relevant documents, shall require all portions of the condo-hotel
including, but not limited to, landscape and open space areas; lobby;
hallways; parking; banquet/ballroom facilities; conference; restaurant;
retail; parking; recreational; and spa facilities; and other amenities
and improvements (collectively "amenities"), as well as the individual
condominium hotel units, their furniture, fixtures, equipment, to
be maintained and operated in accordance with first class hotel standard.
17. The CC&Rs shall require the owners' association to hire a single
qualified professional management entity to maintain and operate the
condo-hotel. The initial management entity shall have at least five
consecutive years of experience in the hotel management business in
hotels that meet the first class standard and have at lease five other
properties (nationally or internationally) under current management.
The city shall be provided appropriate documentation to demonstrate
that the management entity meets the requirements of this section.
The city council may modify the experience standards for the initial
management, or any subsequent management entity upon finding that
the management entity has substitute experience meeting the interests
served by the standards. The CC&Rs shall give the owner's association
and management entity the right, power, and obligation to enforce
the first class standard including, without limitation, the right
to enter any portion of the condominium hotel, including individual
condo-hotel units, and cure any failure to meet the first class standard.
The management entity shall offer transient rental services to all
condo-hotel unit owners.
18. The CC&Rs shall give the condominium hotel manager the exclusive
right to provide to the condominium hotel, the property, and to unit
owners, lessees, and other occupants, any or all "on property" services
commonly provided at first class hotels, restaurants, and resorts,
including without limitation, reservation programs, maid and housekeeping
services, maintenance, laundry and dry cleaning, room service, catering
and other food and beverage services, massage, and personal training
and other spa services. The use of such services, if offered, shall
be conditioned upon payment of such charges or fees as may be imposed
on unit owners or hotel guests by the condominium hotel manager. The
CC&Rs shall include mandatory and uniform maintenance requirements
for condo-hotel units. The owners' association and its designees shall
have the exclusive right to restrict and control access to any and
all shared facilities within the condominium hotel, provided the same
does not restrict a unit owner's right of access to its own unit.
The condominium hotel manager shall monitor and document the use of
each and all of the hotel units.
19. All condominium hotels must have customary daily maid services, back
of house services, and other hospitality services.
20. In addition to any other prohibition at law, including, without limitation,
any other provision of the Palm Springs Municipal Code or the Zoning
Code, condominium hotels and/or condo-hotel units shall not be converted
to any other use without the approval of the city council.
(Ord. 1729 § 2, 2008; Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011; Ord. 2031 §§ 57, 58, 2020; Ord. 2063 § 29, 2022)
A. Definitions.
For the purposes of this section, the following definitions
shall apply:
"Accessory use"
means any location where five or less video/amusement machines
are placed on a premise.
"Video/amusement machine"
means any machine, device or game upon which the insertion
of a coin, slug, token, etc., or by paying therefore in advance or
after use permits a person/persons to use the device as a game, contest
of skill or amusement, whether or not registering a score which may
cause a person/persons of the same to secure some amusement, enjoyment,
entertainment or information and which is not a gambling device or
a device which tends to encourage gambling. It shall include, but
not be limited to, such devices as electronic or mechanic game machines,
pinball machines, skillball, bowling machines, or any other mechanical
or electronic or operation similar thereto under whatever name they
may be indicated. This definition does not include coin-operated pool
tables, merchandise vending machines, telephone or television.
B. Video/amusement
Arcades as a Primary or Secondary Use.
1. Zones in Which Permitted—Conditional Use Permit Required.
Video/amusement arcades as a primary or secondary use shall
be permitted in C-B-D, C-D-N, C-S-C, C-1, C-2, H-C, M-1-P, M-1, M-2,
A and O zones subject to the requirements of a conditional use permit.
Video/amusement arcades as a secondary use shall be permitted in conjunction
with resort hotels in R-2, R-3, R-4, R-4VP, CBD and C-1AA zones subject
to the approval of a conditional use permit.
2. Video/amusement Arcade Conditional Use Permit.
The requirements of a conditional use permit shall be met and
for a video/amusement arcade, the following shall apply:
a. Primary Uses.
i. There shall be permitted one video/amusement machine for each 15
square feet of public floor space. Fifteen square feet shall include
the space occupied by the machine.
ii.
One parking space shall be provided for every eight video/amusement
machines.
iii.
No noise or vibration that is detectable without the aid of
any mechanical device or instrument shall be allowed beyond the outer
perimeter of the building.
iv.
The operator shall furnish proof, satisfactory to the director
of planning and building, that the Palm Springs Unified School District
has been notified of the location of the video arcade and of the person
responsible for the management thereof; and such operator shall reasonably
cooperate with school district authorities performing duties affected
by operation of the video arcade.
v. No arcade shall be located within a 1,000 foot radius to any public
or private grade school (Grades K-12).
vi.
On-site security shall be provided both in the arcade and in
the parking lot serving the arcade. A security plan shall be submitted
for review and approval by the planning commission.
vii.
Any additional conditions of approval determined by the planning
commission or city council shall be complied with.
b. Secondary uses shall be subject to all conditions of a primary use
and the following:
i. There shall be no outdoor advertising or signing of the secondary
use.
ii.
The floor area devoted to the secondary use shall not exceed
50% of the public floor area of the building.
C. Video/amusement
Machines as an Accessory Use.
1. Zones in Which Permitted—Director of Planning and Building
Approval Required.
Video/amusement machines as an accessory use to a conforming,
established use shall be permitted in all commercial and industrial
zones, hotels, and private and public clubhouses except as provided
herein. Accessory uses shall be approved in writing by the director
of planning and building or his designee prior to the issuance of
a business license. The following requirements shall also apply:
a. There shall be no outdoor advertising or signing of the accessory
use.
b. The floor area devoted to the accessory use shall not impinge or
obstruct normal pedestrian traffic within the building and shall not
exceed 10% of the public floor area of the primary business.
c. No noise or vibration that is detectable without the aid of any mechanical
device or instrument will be allowed beyond the outer perimeter of
the location.
d. No additional parking shall be required for an accessory use.
e. Any further conditions of approval reasonably determined by the director
of planning and building to be necessary to conform the accessory
use to the premises. A determination by director of planning and building
pursuant to this section may be appealed to the planning commission.
D. Amortization
of Existing Uses.
Any use which is nonconforming as defined by this chapter shall
be removed or be brought into conformance with this chapter within
one year of the effective date of this section.
(Ord. 1294, 1988; Ord. 1418, 1992; Ord. 1551, 1998; Ord. 1553, 1998; Ord. 1799 § 2, 2011)
A.
Purpose. The purpose of this section is to allow and regulate
accessory dwelling units (ADUs) and junior accessory dwelling units
(JADUs) in compliance with California
Government Code Sections 65852.2
and 65852.22.
B.
Effect of Conforming. An ADU or JADU that conforms to the standards
in this section will not be:
1.
Deemed to be inconsistent with the city's general plan and zoning
designation for the lot on which the ADU or JADU is located.
2.
Deemed to exceed the allowable density for the lot on which
the ADU or JADU is located.
3.
Considered in the application of any local ordinance, policy,
or program to limit residential growth.
4.
Required to correct a nonconforming zoning condition, as defined
in subsection C.7 below. This does not prevent the city from enforcing
compliance with applicable building standards in accordance with Health
and Safety Code section 17980.12.
C.
Definitions. As used in this section, terms are defined as follows:
1.
"Accessory dwelling unit" or "ADU" means an attached or a detached
residential dwelling unit that provides complete independent living
facilities for one or more persons and is located on a lot with a
proposed or existing primary residence. An accessory dwelling unit
also includes the following:
2.
"Accessory structure" means a structure that is accessory and
incidental to a dwelling located on the same lot.
3.
"Complete independent living facilities" means permanent provisions
for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same
parcel as the single-family or multifamily dwelling is or will be
situated.
4.
"Efficiency kitchen" means a kitchen that includes all of the
following:
a.
A cooking facility with appliances.
b.
A food preparation counter and storage cabinets that are of
a reasonable size in relation to the size of the JADU.
5.
"Junior accessory dwelling unit" or "JADU" means a residential
unit that satisfies all of the following:
a.
It is no more than 500 square feet in size.
b.
It is contained entirely within an existing or proposed single-family
structure. An enclosed use within the residence, such as an attached
garage, is considered to be a part of and contained within the single-family
structure.
c.
It includes its own separate sanitation facilities or shares
sanitation facilities with the existing or proposed single-family
structure.
d.
If the unit does not include its own separate bathroom, then
it contains an interior entrance to the main living area of the existing
or proposed single-family structure in addition to an exterior entrance
that is separate from the main entrance to the primary dwelling.
e.
It includes an efficiency kitchen, as defined in subsection
C.4 above.
6.
"Living area" means the interior habitable area of a dwelling
unit, including basements and attics, but does not include a garage
or any accessory structure.
7.
"Nonconforming zoning condition" means a physical improvement
on a property that does not conform with current zoning standards.
8.
"Passageway" means a pathway that is unobstructed clear to the
sky and extends from a street to one entrance of the ADU or JADU.
9.
"Proposed dwelling" means a dwelling that is the subject of
a permit application and that meets the requirements for permitting.
10.
"Public transit" means a location, including, but not limited
to, a bus stop or train station, where the public may access buses,
trains, subways, and other forms of transportation that charge set
fares, run on fixed routes, and are available to the public.
11.
"Tandem parking" means that two or more automobiles are parked
on a driveway or in any other location on a lot, lined up behind one
another.
D.
Approvals. The following approvals apply to ADUs and JADUs under
this section:
1.
Building Permit Only. If an ADU or JADU complies with each of the general requirements in subsection
E below, it is allowed with only a building permit in the following scenarios:
a.
Converted on Single-Family Lot. One ADU as described in this
subsection D.1.a and one JADU on a lot with a proposed or existing
single-family dwelling on it, where the ADU or JADU:
i.
Is either: within the space of a proposed single-family dwelling,
within the existing space of an existing single-family dwelling, or
(in the case of an ADU only) within the existing space of an accessory
structure, plus up to 150 additional square feet if the expansion
is limited to accommodating ingress and egress; and
ii. Has exterior access that is independent of that
for the single-family dwelling; and
iii. Has side and rear setbacks sufficient for fire
and safety, as dictated by applicable building and fire codes.
iv. The JADU complies with the requirements of Government
Code Section 65852.22.
b.
Limited Detached on Single-Family Lot. One detached, new-construction
ADU on a lot with a proposed or existing single-family dwelling (in
addition to any JADU that might otherwise be established on the lot
under subsection D.1.a above), if the detached ADU satisfies each
of the following limitations:
i.
The side- and rear-yard setbacks are at least four feet.
ii. The total floor area is 800 square feet or smaller.
iii. The peak height above grade does not exceed the
applicable height limit in subsection E.2 below.
c.
Converted on Multifamily Lot. One or more ADUs within portions
of existing multifamily dwelling structures that are not used as livable
space, including but not limited to storage rooms, boiler rooms, passageways,
attics, basements, or garages, if each converted ADU complies with
state building standards for dwellings. Under this subsection D.1.c,
at least one converted ADU is allowed within an existing multifamily
dwelling, up to a quantity equal to 25 percent of the existing multifamily
dwelling units.
d.
Limited Detached on Multifamily Lot. No more than two detached
ADUs on a lot that has an existing or proposed multifamily dwelling
if each detached ADU satisfies both of the following limitations:
i.
The side- and rear-yard setbacks are at least four feet. If
the existing multifamily dwelling has a rear or side yard setback
of less than four feet, the city will not require any modification
to the multifamily dwelling as a condition of approving the ADU.
ii. The peak height above grade does not exceed the
applicable height limit provided in subsection E.2 below.
2.
ADU Permit.
a.
Except as allowed under subsection D.1 above, no ADU may be created without a building permit and an ADU permit in compliance with the standards set forth in subsections
E and
F below.
b.
The city may charge a fee to reimburse it for costs incurred
in processing ADU permits, including the costs of adopting or amending
the city's ADU ordinance. The ADU-permit processing fee is determined
by the director of community development and approved by the city
council by resolution.
3.
Process and Timing.
a.
An ADU permit is considered and approved ministerially, without
discretionary review or a hearing.
b.
The city must approve or deny an application to create an ADU
or JADU within 60 days from the date that the city receives a completed
application. If the city has not approved or denied the completed
application within 60 days, the application is deemed approved unless
either:
i.
The applicant requests a delay, in which case the 60-day time
period is tolled for the period of the requested delay; or
ii. When an application to create an ADU or JADU is
submitted with a permit application to create a new single-family
or multifamily dwelling on the lot, the city may delay acting on the
permit application for the ADU or JADU until the city acts on the
permit application to create the new single-family or multifamily
dwelling, but the application to create the ADU or JADU will still
be considered ministerially without discretionary review or a hearing.
c.
If the city denies an application to create an ADU or JADU,
the city must provide the applicant with comments that include, among
other things, a list of all the defective or deficient items and a
description of how the application may be remedied by the applicant.
Notice of the denial and corresponding comments must be provided to
the applicant within the 60-day time period established by subsection
D.3.b above.
d.
A demolition permit for a detached garage that is to be replaced
with an ADU is reviewed with the application for the ADU and issued
at the same time.
E.
General ADU and JADU Requirements. The following requirements
apply to all ADUs and JADUs that are approved under subsection D.1
or D.2 above:
1.
Zoning.
a.
An ADU or JADU subject only to a building permit under subsection
D.1 above may be created on a lot in a residential or mixed-use zone.
b.
An ADU or JADU subject to an ADU permit under subsection D.2
above may be created on a lot that is zoned to allow single-family
dwelling residential use or multifamily dwelling residential use.
2.
Height.
a.
Except as otherwise provided by subsections E.2.b and E.2.c
below, a detached ADU created on a lot with an existing or proposed
single family or multifamily dwelling unit may not exceed 16 feet
in height.
b.
A detached ADU may be up to 18 feet in height if it is created
on a lot with an existing or proposed single family or multifamily
dwelling unit that is located within one-half mile walking distance
of a major transit stop or a high quality transit corridor, as those
terms are defined in Section 21155 of the
Public Resources Code, and
the ADU may be up to two additional feet in height (for a maximum
of 20 feet) if necessary to accommodate a roof pitch on the ADU that
is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit.
c.
A detached ADU created on a lot with an existing or proposed
multifamily dwelling that has more than one story above grade may
not exceed 18 feet in height.
d.
An ADU that is attached to the primary dwelling may not exceed
25 feet in height or the height limitation imposed by the underlying
zone that applies to the primary dwelling, whichever is lower. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, ADUs subject to this subsection E.2.d may not exceed
two stories.
e.
For purposes of this subsection E.2, height is measured above
existing legal grade to the peak of the structure.
3.
Fire Sprinklers.
a.
Fire sprinklers are required in an ADU if sprinklers are required
in the primary residence.
b.
The construction of an ADU does not trigger a requirement for
fire sprinklers to be installed in the existing primary dwelling.
4.
Rental Term. No ADU or JADU may be rented for a term that is
shorter than 30 days. This prohibition applies regardless of when
the ADU or JADU was created.
5.
No Separate Conveyance. An ADU or JADU may be rented, but, except
as otherwise provided in
Government Code Section 65852.26, no ADU
or JADU may be sold or otherwise conveyed separately from the lot
and the primary dwelling (in the case of a single-family lot) or from
the lot and all of the dwellings (in the case of a multifamily lot).
6.
Septic System. If the ADU or JADU will connect to an onsite
wastewater-treatment system, the owner must include with the application
a percolation test completed within the last five years or, if the
percolation test has been recertified, within the last 10 years.
7.
Owner Occupancy.
a.
An ADU that is permitted after January 1, 2020, but before January
1, 2025, is not subject to any owner-occupancy requirement.
b.
Unless applicable law requires otherwise, all ADUs that are
permitted on or after January 1, 2025 are subject to an owner-occupancy
requirement. A natural person with legal or equitable title to the
property must reside on the property as the person's legal domicile
and permanent residence.
c.
As required by state law, all JADUs are subject to an owner-occupancy
requirement. A natural person with legal or equitable title to the
property must reside on the property, in either the primary dwelling
or JADU, as the person's legal domicile and permanent residence. However,
the owner-occupancy requirement in this subsection E.7.c does not
apply if the property is entirely owned by another governmental agency,
land trust, or housing organization.
8.
Deed Restriction. Prior to issuance of a building permit for
an ADU or JADU, a deed restriction must be recorded against the title
of the property in the County Recorder's office and a copy filed with
the Director. The deed restriction must run with the land and bind
all future owners. The form of the deed restriction will be provided
by the city and must provide that:
a.
Except as otherwise provided in
Government Code Section 65852.26,
the ADU or JADU may not be sold separately from the primary dwelling.
b.
The ADU or JADU is restricted to the approved size and to other
attributes allowed by this section.
c.
The deed restriction runs with the land and may be enforced
against future property owners.
d.
The deed restriction may be removed if the owner eliminates
the ADU or JADU, as evidenced by, for example, removal of the kitchen
facilities. To remove the deed restriction, an owner may make a written
request of the director, providing evidence that the ADU or JADU has
in fact been eliminated. The director may then determine whether the
evidence supports the claim that the ADU or JADU has been eliminated.
Appeal may be taken from the director's determination consistent with
other provisions of this code. If the ADU or JADU is not entirely
physically removed, but is only eliminated by virtue of having a necessary
component of an ADU or JADU removed, the remaining structure and improvements
must otherwise comply with applicable provisions of this code.
e.
The deed restriction is enforceable by the director or his or
her designee for the benefit of the city. Failure of the property
owner to comply with the deed restriction may result in legal action
against the property owner, and the city is authorized to obtain any
remedy available to it at law or equity, including, but not limited
to, obtaining an injunction enjoining the use of the ADU or JADU in
violation of the recorded restrictions or abatement of the illegal
unit.
9.
Income Reporting. In order to facilitate the city's obligation
to identify adequate sites for housing in accordance with Government
Code Sections 65583.1 and 65852.2, the following requirements must
be satisfied:
a.
With the building-permit application, the applicant must provide
the city with an estimate of the projected annualized rent that will
be charged for the ADU or JADU.
b.
Within 90 days after each yearly anniversary of the issuance
of the building permit, the owner must report the actual rent charged
for the ADU or JADU during the prior year. If the city does not receive
the report within the 90-day period, the owner is in violation of
this code, and the city may send the owner a notice of violation and
allow the owner another 30 days to submit the report. If the owner
fails to submit the report within the 30-day period, the city may
enforce this provision in accordance with applicable law.
10.
Building and Safety.
a.
Must Comply with Building Code. Subject to subsection E.10.b
below, all ADUs and JADUs must comply with all local building code
requirements.
b.
No Change of Occupancy. Construction of an ADU does not constitute a Group R occupancy change under the local building code, as described in Section
310 of the
California Building Code, unless the building official or Code Enforcement Division officer makes a written finding based on substantial evidence in the record that the construction of the ADU could have a specific, adverse impact on public health and safety. Nothing in this subsection E.10.b prevents the city from changing the occupancy code of a space that was uninhabitable space or that was only permitted for nonresidential use and was subsequently converted for residential use in accordance with this section.
F.
Specific ADU Requirements. The following requirements apply
only to ADUs that require an ADU permit under subsection D.2 above.
1.
Maximum Size.
a.
The maximum size of a detached or attached ADU subject to this subsection
F is 850 square feet for a studio or one-bedroom unit and 1,000 square feet for a unit with two or more bedrooms.
b.
An attached ADU that is created on a lot with an existing primary
dwelling is further limited to 50 percent of the floor area of the
existing primary dwelling.
c.
Application of other development standards in this subsection
F, such as FAR or lot coverage, might further limit the size of the ADU, but no application of the percent-based size limit in subsection F.1.b above or of an FAR, front setback, lot coverage limit, or open-space requirement may require the ADU to be less than 800 square feet.
2.
Floor Area Ratio (FAR). No ADU subject to this subsection
F may cause the total FAR of the lot to exceed 45 percent, subject to subsection F.1.c above.
3.
Setbacks.
a.
An ADU that is subject to this subsection
F must conform to a 25-foot front-yard setback, subject to subsection F.1.c above.
b.
An ADU that is subject to this subsection
F must conform to four-foot side- and rear-yard setbacks.
c.
No setback is required for an ADU that is subject to this subsection
F if the ADU is constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure.
4.
Lot Coverage. No ADU subject to this subsection
F may cause the total lot coverage of the lot to exceed 50 percent, subject to subsection F.1.c above.
5.
Minimum Open Space. No ADU subject to this subsection
F may cause the total percentage of open space of the lot to fall below 50 percent, subject to subsection F.1.c above.
6.
Passageway. No passageway, as defined by subsection C.8 above,
is required for an ADU.
7.
Parking.
a.
Generally. One off-street parking space is required for each
ADU. The parking space may be provided in setback areas or as tandem
parking, as defined by subsection C.11 above.
b.
Exceptions. No parking under subsection F.7.a is required in
the following situations:
i.
The ADU is located within one-half mile walking distance of
public transit, as defined in subsection C.10 above.
ii. The ADU is located within an architecturally and
historically significant historic district.
iii. The ADU is part of the proposed or existing primary
residence or an accessory structure under subsection D.1.a above.
iv. When on-street parking permits are required but
not offered to the occupant of the ADU.
v.
When there is an established car share vehicle stop located
within one block of the ADU.
vi. When the permit application to create an ADU is
submitted with an application to create a new single-family or new
multifamily dwelling on the same lot, provided that the ADU or the
lot satisfies any other criteria listed in subsections F.7.b.i through
v above.
c.
No Replacement. When a garage, carport, or covered parking structure
is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU or converted
to an ADU, those off-street parking spaces are not required to be
replaced.
8.
Architectural Requirements.
a.
The materials and colors of the exterior walls, roof, and windows
and doors must match the appearance and architectural design of those
of the primary dwelling.
b.
The roof slope must match that of the dominant roof slope of
the primary dwelling. The dominant roof slope is the slope shared
by the largest portion of the roof.
c.
The exterior lighting must be limited to down-lights or as otherwise
required by the building or fire code.
d.
The ADU must have an independent exterior entrance, apart from
that of the primary dwelling.
e.
The interior horizontal dimensions of an ADU must be at least
10 feet wide in every direction, with a minimum interior wall height
of seven feet.
f.
Windows and doors of the ADU may not have a direct line of sight
to an adjoining residential property. Fencing, landscaping, or privacy
glass may be used to provide screening and prevent a direct line of
sight.
g.
All windows and doors in an ADU are less than 30 feet from a
property line that is not a public right-of-way line must either be
(for windows) clerestory with the bottom of the glass at least six
feet above the finished floor, or (for windows and for doors) utilize
frosted or obscure glass.
9.
Landscape Requirements. Evergreen landscape screening must be
planted and maintained between the ADU and adjacent parcels as follows:
a.
At least one 15-gallon size plant shall be provided for every
five linear feet of exterior wall. Alternatively, at least one twenty-four-inch
box size plant shall be provided for every 10 linear feet of exterior
wall.
b.
Plant specimens must be at least six feet tall when installed.
As an alternative, a solid fence of at least six feet in height may
be installed.
c.
All landscaping must be drought-tolerant.
d.
All landscaping must be from the city's approved plant list.
10.
Historical Protections. An ADU that is on or within 600 feet
of real property that is listed in the California Register of Historic
Resources must be located so as to not be visible from any public
right-of-way.
G.
Fees. The following requirements apply to all ADUs that are
approved under subsection D.1 or D.2 above.
1.
Impact Fees.
a.
No impact fee is required for an ADU that is less than 750 square
feet in size. For purposes of this subsection G.1, "impact fee" means
a "fee" under the Mitigation Fee Act (
Government Code Section 66000(b))
and a fee under the Quimby Act (
Government Code Section 66477). "Impact
fee" here does not include any connection fee or capacity charge for
water or sewer service.
b.
Any impact fee that is required for an ADU that is 750 square
feet or larger in size must be charged proportionately in relation
to the square footage of the primary dwelling unit (e.g., the floor
area of the ADU, divided by the floor area of the primary dwelling,
times the typical fee amount charged for a new dwelling).
2.
Utility Fees.
a.
If an ADU is constructed with a new single-family home, a separate
utility connection directly between the ADU and the utility and payment
of the normal connection fee and capacity charge for a new dwelling
are required.
b.
Except as described in subsection G.2.a, converted ADUs on a
single-family lot that are created under subsection D.1.a above are
not required to have a new or separate utility connection directly
between the ADU and the utility. Nor is a connection fee or capacity
charge required.
c.
Except as described in subsection G.2.a, all ADUs that are not
covered by subsection G.2.b require a new, separate utility connection
directly between the ADU and the utility.
i.
The connection is subject to a connection fee or capacity charge
that is proportionate to the burden created by the ADU based on either
the floor area or the number of drainage-fixture units (DFU) values,
as defined by the Uniform Plumbing Code, upon the water or sewer system.
ii. The portion of the fee or charge that is charged
by the city may not exceed the reasonable cost of providing this service.
H.
Nonconforming Zoning Code Conditions, Building Code Violations,
and Unpermitted Structures.
1.
Generally. The city will not deny an ADU or JADU application
due to a nonconforming zoning condition, building code violation,
or unpermitted structure on the lot that does not present a threat
to the public health and safety and that is not affected by the construction
of the ADU or JADU.
2.
Unpermitted ADUs Constructed Before 2018.
a.
Permit to Legalize. As required by state law, the city may not
deny a permit to legalize an existing but unpermitted ADU that was
constructed before January 1, 2018, if denial is based on either of
the following grounds:
i.
The ADU violates applicable building standards; or
ii. The ADU does not comply with the state ADU law
(
Government Code Section 65852.2) or this ADU ordinance (Section 93.23.14).
b.
Exceptions.
i.
Notwithstanding subsection H.2.a above, the city may deny a
permit to legalize an existing but unpermitted ADU that was constructed
before January 1, 2018, if the city makes a finding that correcting
a violation is necessary to protect the health and safety of the public
or of occupants of the structure.
ii. Subsection H.2.a above does not apply to a building
that is deemed to be substandard in accordance with California Health
and Safety Code Section 17920.3.
I.
Nonconforming ADUs and Discretionary Approval. Any proposed ADU or JADU that does not conform to the objective standards set forth in subsections
A through
H of this section may be allowed by the city with a conditional use permit, in accordance with the other provisions of this title.
(Ord. 2023 § 5, 2020; Ord. 2063 § 30, 2022; Ord. 2080, 1/26/2023)
A. General
Requirements. No land use entitlement, permit (including building
permit) approval, site plan, certificate of occupancy, zoning clearance,
or other land use authorization for a Cannabis Facility shall be granted
or permitted except in conformance with this Section.
B. Regulatory Permit Required. Cannabis Facilities shall be permitted only upon application and approval of a regulatory permit in accordance with the criteria and process set forth in Chapter
5.55 or other applicable provision of this Code. Prior to initiating operations, and as a continuing requisite to conducting operations, the person or the legal representative of the person wishing to operate a Cannabis Facility, as that terms is defined in Section
91.00.10, shall secure a regulatory permit from the City Manager under the terms and conditions set forth in Chapter
5.55 or other applicable provision of this Code and shall otherwise fully comply with the provisions of this Section.
C. Separation
and Concentrations of Use. No Cannabis Facilities shall be established,
developed or operated except in accordance with the following principles.
All distances shall be measured in a straight line, without regard
to intervening structures, from the nearest property line of the property
on which the Cannabis Facility is, or will be located, and to the
nearest property line of those uses described in this Subsection.
These principles are not absolute and, except as otherwise provided,
the City Council shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in
part, these separation requirements for individual cases, via the
minor modification procedure set forth in Section 94.06.01.B.
1. Cannabis Dispensaries and Cannabis Lounges shall be separated by
a minimum five hundred foot (500′) distance from each other.
This separation requirement does not apply to Cannabis Dispensaries
and Cannabis Lounges located in a Cannabis Overlay Zone, or to Cannabis
Dispensaries and Cannabis Lounges that are under a single ownership
and operating with a single street address.
2. Cannabis Cultivation Facilities and Type 6/Type 7 State-licensed
Cannabis Manufacturing Facilities shall be separated from any lot
in a residential zone district by a minimum 1,000 foot distance.
3. All Cannabis Facilities shall be separated by a minimum 600 foot
separation distance from any of the following:
d. Day care/childcare center; or
4. Notwithstanding any other verbiage in this Subsection 93.23.15.C,
these separation requirements shall not apply to Cannabis Facilities
in any zone that:
a. Are lawfully operating as of the effective date of this ordinance,
provided however said Facilities shall comply with the separation
requirements in effect when all permits and entitlements were secured;
b. Are not yet operating but have secured all administrative and land use entitlements to operate under Chapter
5.55 and this Zoning Code as of the effective date of this ordinance, provided however said Facilities shall comply with the separation requirements in effect when all permits and entitlements were secured; or
c. Have secured an administrative permit under Title 5 of this Code
to operate and are the subject of a complete and pending entitlement
application filed by a Permittee and subject to review by the City
as of November 6, 2019. The project under review shall remain subject
to any separation requirements in effect when the land use entitlement
application was deemed complete.
Although the Cannabis Facilities identified in subparagraph
(a) are not subject to the separation requirements set forth herein,
these uses shall be considered in determining mandatory separation
for any new Cannabis Facilities that are subject to these requirements.
|
D. Accessory
Uses. A Cannabis Facility is not and shall not be approved as an accessory
use to any other use permitted by this Zoning Code. Cannabis Facilities
may be located on the same parcel or on the same premises as otherwise
permitted by this Zoning Code.
E. Parking
Requirements. Parking requirements for Cannabis Facilities shall be
as listed in Section 93.06.00(D).
F. Additional
Requirements for Specific Cannabis Uses.
1. Odor Control. All Cannabis Facilities shall be subject to the odor control requirements listed in Chapter
5.55.
2. Cannabis Dispensaries, Square Footage Restrictions – Downtown/Uptown.
Cannabis Dispensaries shall be limited to a maximum of 1,500 square
feet in gross floor area on the street/ground level of any building
in the defined Downtown/Uptown areas. Dispensaries (or portions thereof)
located above the street/ground level shall be limited to a maximum
of 5,000 square feet in gross floor area.
3. Architectural Review.
a. Except as provided herein, all Cannabis Facilities shall be subject
to architectural review. The review shall include the treatment of
the exterior of the building or tenant space, and all signage proposed
for the Cannabis Facility. For signage, the Architectural Review Committee
shall conduct the final review. For all other architectural elements,
review shall be by the City Council upon a recommendation by the Architectural
Review Committee. The Architectural Review Committee and City Council
shall apply the criteria reflected in Section 94.04.00(E).
b. Cannabis Facilities located in a Cannabis Overlay Zone shall be exempt from the architectural review requirements specified in subsection
(a) above.
4. Development Standards – E-I (Energy Industrial) and M-2 (Manufacturing)
Zones. Cannabis Cultivation Facilities, approved as agricultural structures
pursuant to Section 94.04.01(B)(3) of this Code, shall be subject
to the usual and customary development standards for agricultural
structures. Waivers of parking lot paving standards, landscape requirements,
architectural standards, and similar requirements may be approved
by the Director upon review of a Development Permit application processed
pursuant to Section 94.04.01(C)(2).
5. Internal Testing Facility – Accessory to a Permitted Cannabis
Facility. An on-premises testing facility may be permitted accessory
to a Cannabis Cultivation Facility or a Cannabis Manufacturing Facility
for the purpose of internal testing of cannabis products grown or
produced at the facility. The internal testing facility shall be subject
to the following requirements:
a. The testing results cannot be published or shared with the public
or any third party, except as required by applicable law.
b. Testing shall be limited to cannabis goods grown or produced at the
Cannabis Facility.
c. The area dedicated to the internal testing facility shall be clearly
shown and identified on any floor plans submitted to the City for
the Cannabis Facility.
d. No additional entitlement is required for an accessory internal testing
facility; however, environmental analysis of the internal testing
facility shall be performed as part of the environmental analysis
for the associated cultivation or manufacturing use.
e. Nothing in this Subsection (F)(4) shall be construed to limit the applicability of City regulations, including without limitation all provisions of Chapter
5.55 and any regulations promulgated by the City Manager pursuant thereto, to the colocation of the accessory internal testing facility.
6. Cannabis Lounges. Cannabis Lounges shall be subject to the following
requirements:
a. Separate Premises. Cannabis Lounges shall be located on a separate
parcel or within a separate tenant space that is segregated and apart
from any other use. A Cannabis Lounge Facility shall have a dedicated
entrance, and shall have no internal connections or passage to any
other tenant space or use, with the exception of a Cannabis Dispensary
that serves the Cannabis Lounge use.
b. Sale of Cannabis and Cannabis Products/Goods. Cannabis and Cannabis products/goods may be sold on the premises of a Cannabis Lounge, subject to the requirements set forth in Chapter
5.55 or other applicable provisions of this Code.
c. Alcohol and Tobacco Products. The sale or consumption of alcohol
or tobacco products is not allowed on the premises.
d. Visibility. The smoking, inhalation, consumption or ingestion of
cannabis or cannabis goods shall not be visible from any public place
or any area where minors may be present. The Cannabis Lounge shall
be located within a completely enclosed building.
(Ord. 2007 § 33, 2019; Ord. 2042 §§ 15, 16, 2021)
A. The vacation rental of an Estate Home shall be deemed a use permitted pursuant to a land use permit under the provisions of Palm Springs Municipal Code Section 94.02.01. For the purposes of this Section, the terms "Estate Home" and "Owner" shall have the meanings provided in Section
5.25.030 of this Code.
B. Any
Owner of an Estate Home with an active vacation rental certificate
in full force and effect on February 8, 2017, shall be deemed in compliance
with this Subsection and shall be issued a land use permit for such
Estate home from the Director of Planning Services subject to standard
conditions of approval consistent with the provisions of this Chapter
and the Zoning Ordinance. Each application by an Owner for the vacation
rental of an Estate Home after February 8, 2017, shall be subject
to the applicant applying for and receiving a land use permit under
the provisions of Section 94.02.01 of this Code. Any land use permit
issued for the vacation rental of an Estate Home shall be issued to
the Owner, subject to the provisions of this Chapter and such additional
conditions as may be required pursuant to Section 94.02.01 of this
Code. Any land use permit issued for a vacation rental of an Estate
Home shall not run with the land.
C. Upon a determination by the City Manager of a third qualified violation within any 24 month period regarding the vacation rental of an Estate House, the land use permit for such vacation rental shall be subject to revocation or modification by the Planning Commission at a noticed public hearing to be held in the manner provided for in Section
94.09.00 of this Code.
D. The
revocation or modification process shall be conducted pursuant to
the following:
1. The Commission shall, not less than 10 nor more than 30 days after
the notification of the Owner of revocation or modification, hold
a public hearing on the matter.
2. The Commission shall reach its decision within 30 days after the
conclusion of the public hearing. The decision shall set forth the
findings of the Commission and any recommended conditions, including
without limitation any time limit deemed necessary to protect the
health, safety, and welfare of persons in the neighborhood and in
the city as a whole.
3. The decision and findings shall be filed with the City Council within
15 days after they have been reached. A copy of the minutes thereof
shall be mailed to the Owner. The action of the Commission shall be
final unless appealed to the City Council.
4. The Commission shall consider the following issues and potential
conditions in its review of a vacation rental of an Estate Home:
b. Special yards, space, and buffers,
d. Surfacing of parking areas subject to city specifications,
e. Requiring street, service road or alley dedications and improvements
or appropriate bonds,
f. Regulation of points of vehicular ingress and egress,
h. Requiring landscaping and maintenance thereof,
i. Requiring maintenance of the grounds,
j. Regulation of noise, vibration, odors, etc.,
k. Regulation of time for certain activities,
l. Time period within which the proposed use shall be developed,
n. Dedication of property for public use,
o. Limitation on the number of guests,
p. Limitation on the number of vehicles,
q. Imposition of building and/or safety requirements applicable to small
hotels,
r. Such other conditions as will make possible the development of the
City in an orderly and efficient manner and in conformity with the
intent and purposes set forth in this Zoning Code, including but not
limited to mitigation measures outlined in any applicable environmental
assessment.
(Ord. 1918 § 2, 2017)
A. Purpose.
The purpose of this section is to establish procedures for implementing
State Density Bonus requirements, as set forth in California Government
Code Sections 65915 to 65918, and to increase the production of affordable
housing, consistent with city policies. In order to promote the construction
of affordable units, density bonuses, development incentives, waivers,
and parking alterations shall be granted pursuant to the provisions
of this section.
B. Definitions.
For the purposes of this section, unless otherwise apparent from the
context, certain words or phrases used in this section are defined
as follows:
"Affordable housing unit"
means an ownership or rental dwelling unit affordable to
households with extremely low, very low, low or moderate incomes as
published periodically by HCD for households in Riverside County or
equivalent as approved by the Director. Calculations for the required
affordable housing resulting in fractional units shall be rounded
up to the next whole number.
"Area median income"
(AMI) means the median family income in Riverside County
as determined annually by HCD, adjusted for household size.
"Concession or incentive"
means any of the following:
1.
A reduction in site development standards or a modification
of zoning code requirements or architectural design requirements that
exceed the minimum building standards approved by the California Building
Standards Commission as provided in
Health and Safety Code Division
13, Part 2.5 (commencing with Section 18901) to provide for affordable
housing costs, as defined in
Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5,
or for rents for the targeted units to be set as specified in Government
Code Section 65915(c).
2.
Approval of mixed-use zoning in conjunction with the housing
project if commercial, office, industrial, or other land uses will
reduce the cost of the housing development and if the commercial,
office, industrial, or other land uses are compatible with the housing
project and the existing or planned development in the area where
the proposed housing project will be located.
3.
Other regulatory incentives or concessions proposed by the developer
or the city that result in identifiable and actual cost reductions
to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in Health and
Safety Code Section 50052.5, or for rents for the targeted units to
be set as specified in
Government Code Section 65915(c).
"Density bonus"
means a density increase over the otherwise maximum allowable
gross residential density as of the date of application by the applicant
or, if elected by the applicant, a lesser percentage of density increase,
including, but not limited to, no increase in density.
"Development standard"
includes a site or construction condition, including, but
not limited to, a height limitation, a setback requirement, a floor
area ratio, an onsite open-space requirement, or a parking requirement
that applies to a residential development pursuant to any ordinance,
general plan element, specific plan, charter, or other local condition,
law, policy, resolution, or regulation, as specified in Government
Code Section 65915(o)(1).
"Disabled person"
means a person who has a physical or mental impairment that
limits one or more major life activities, anyone who is regarded as
having that type of an impairment or, anyone who has a record of having
that type of an impairment.
"Dwelling unit"
means a dwelling designed and intended for occupancy by a
household.
"Floor area ratio"
means the multiplier applied to the total buildable area
of the lot to determine the total floor area of all buildings on a
lot.
"HCD"
means California Department of Housing and Community Development
or any successor agency.
"Homeless person"
means that as defined in the United States McKinney-Vento
Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 11301 et seq.).
"Housing development project"
means the construction of five or more new residential dwelling
units, including mixed-use developments, the addition of five or more
residential dwelling units to an existing building or buildings, and
the remodeling of a building or buildings containing five or more
residential dwelling units. For the purpose of establishing the minimum
number of five dwelling units, Restricted Affordable Units shall be
included and density bonus units shall be excluded.
"Maximum allowable residential density"
means the density allowed under the zoning ordinance and
land use element of the general plan, or, if a range of density is
permitted, means the maximum allowable density for the specific zoning
range and land use element of the general plan applicable to the project.
Where the density allowed under the zoning ordinance is inconsistent
with the density allowed under the land use element of the general
plan, the general plan density shall prevail.
"Project"
means the entire parcel of real property, including all structures
thereon, all or part of which is intended to be rented or purchased
for residential purposes.
"Residential hotel"
means any building containing six or more guest rooms or
efficiency dwelling units, which are intended or designed to be used,
or are used, rented, or hired out to be occupied, or are occupied
for sleeping purposes by guests, so long as the guest rooms or efficiency
dwelling units are also the primary residence of those guests, but
not including any building containing six or more guest rooms or efficiency
dwelling units, which is primarily used by transient guests who do
not occupy that building as their primary residence.
"Restricted affordable unit"
means a residential unit for which rental or mortgage amounts
are restricted so as to be affordable to and occupied by very low,
low or moderate income households.
"Senior citizens"
means individuals who are at least 62 years of age, except
that for projects of at least 35 units that are subject to this subdivision,
a threshold of 55 years of age may be used, provided all applicable
city, state and federal regulations are met.
"Specific adverse impact"
means a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable
impact, based on objective, identified written public health or safety
standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the
application was deemed complete. Inconsistency with the zoning ordinance
or general plan land use designation shall not constitute a specific
adverse impact upon the public health or safety.
"Waiver"
means the deletion or reduction of any development standards
that would otherwise have the effect of physically precluding the
construction of a development identified and permitted in this section.
C. Development
eligibility, bonus densities, and incentive counts.
1. Eligible developments, bonus densities, and incentive counts. The developments identified in this subsection are eligible for density bonuses and/or incentives as well as parking requirement alterations an waivers. For each development, this section provides levels of density bonus available and the number of incentives available. For applicable standards, see subsections
E (Density Bonus Standards), F (Incentive Standards), G (Parking Requirement Alteration Standards), and H (Waivers Standards).
a. Housing development with low income restricted affordable units,
for sale or for rent. A housing development project that includes
at least 10% of the total units of the project for low income households,
either for sale or for rent, shall be granted the following:
i. Density bonus. A project that includes 10% low income housing shall
be granted a density bonus of 20%. For each one percent increase above
the required 10% low income units, the density bonus shall be increased
by one and one-half percent, up to a maximum density bonus of 35%.
See Table DB 1.
Table DB 1
|
---|
Percentage Low Income Units
|
Percentage Density Bonus
|
---|
10
|
20.0
|
11
|
21.5
|
12
|
23.0
|
13
|
24.5
|
14
|
26.0
|
15
|
27.5
|
16
|
29.0
|
17
|
30.5
|
18
|
32.0
|
19
|
33.5
|
20 or more
|
35.0
|
ii.
Incentives. A project that includes at least 10% low income
units shall be granted one incentive. A project that includes at least
20% low income units shall be granted two incentives. A project that
includes at least 30% low income units shall be granted three incentives.
See Table DB 2.
Table DB 2
|
---|
Percentage Low Income Units
|
Number of Incentives
|
---|
10 or more
|
1
|
20 or more
|
2
|
30 or more
|
3
|
b. Housing development with very low income restricted affordable units,
for sale or for rent. A housing development project that includes
at least five percent of the total units of the project for very low
income households, either for sale units or for rent, shall be granted
the following:
i. Density bonus. A project that includes five percent very low income
housing shall be granted a density bonus of 20%. For each one percent
increase above the required five percent very low income units, the
density bonus shall be increased by two and one-half percent, up to
a maximum density bonus of 35%. See Table DB 3.
Table DB 3
|
---|
Percentage Very Low Income Units
|
Percentage Density Bonus
|
---|
5
|
20.0
|
6
|
22.5
|
7
|
25.0
|
8
|
27.5
|
9
|
30.0
|
10
|
32.5
|
11 or more
|
35.0
|
ii.
Incentives. A project that includes at least five percent very
low income units shall be granted one incentive. A project that includes
at least 10% very low income units shall be granted two incentives.
A project that includes at least 15% very low income units shall be
granted three incentives. See Table DB 4.
Table DB 4
|
---|
Percentage Very Low Income Units
|
Number of Incentives
|
---|
5 or more
|
1
|
10 or more
|
2
|
15 or more
|
3
|
c. Market rate senior housing, for sale or for rent. A senior citizen
housing development or a senior citizen mobilehome park, comprised
of units for sale or for rent, shall be granted a minimum density
bonus of 20%, which may be applied to the senior units only.
d. Common interest development with moderate income restricted affordable
units, for sale or for rent. A common interest development that includes
at least 10% of its units for moderate income households either for
sale or for rent, shall be granted the following:
i. Density bonus. A development that includes 10% moderate income housing
shall be granted a density bonus of 5%. For each one percent increase
above the required 10% moderate income units, the density bonus shall
be increased by one percent, up to a maximum density bonus of 35%.
See Table DB 5.
Table DB 5
|
---|
Percentage Moderate Income Units
|
Percentage Density Bonus
|
---|
10
|
5
|
11
|
6
|
12
|
7
|
13
|
8
|
14
|
9
|
15
|
10
|
16
|
11
|
17
|
12
|
18
|
13
|
19
|
14
|
20
|
15
|
21
|
16
|
22
|
17
|
23
|
18
|
24
|
19
|
25
|
20
|
26
|
21
|
27
|
22
|
28
|
23
|
29
|
24
|
30
|
25
|
31
|
26
|
32
|
27
|
33
|
28
|
34
|
29
|
35
|
30
|
36
|
31
|
37
|
32
|
38
|
33
|
39
|
34
|
40 or more
|
35
|
ii.
Incentives. A project that includes at least 10% moderate income
units shall be granted one incentive. A project that includes at least
20% moderate income units shall be granted two incentives. A project
that includes at least 30% moderate income units shall be granted
three incentives. See Table DB 6.
Table DB 6
|
---|
Percentage Moderate Income Units
|
Number of Incentives
|
---|
10 or more
|
1
|
20 or more
|
2
|
30 or more
|
3
|
e. Housing for transitional foster youth, disabled veterans, or homeless
persons. A housing development project that includes at least 10%
of the total units of the project for transitional foster youth, disabled
veterans, or homeless persons; provided these units are at the affordability
level of very low income housing, and provided an affordability restriction
of 55 years is recorded against these units, shall be granted a density
bonus equal to 20% of the number of these units.
f. Land donated for very low income housing. A housing development project
that, by way of the application for subdivision map, parcel map, or
other residential development approval, donates land to the city that
satisfies the requirements of California
Government Code Section 65915(g)
to include 10% the total units of the project for very low income
households shall be granted a density bonus of 15%. For each one percent
increase above the required 10% very low income units, the density
bonus shall be increased by one percent, up to a maximum density bonus
of 35%. See Table DB 7.
Table DB 7
|
---|
Percentage Very Low Income Units
|
Percentage Density Bonus
|
---|
10
|
15
|
11
|
16
|
12
|
17
|
13
|
18
|
14
|
19
|
15
|
20
|
16
|
21
|
17
|
22
|
18
|
23
|
19
|
24
|
20
|
25
|
21
|
26
|
22
|
27
|
23
|
28
|
24
|
29
|
25
|
30
|
26
|
31
|
27
|
32
|
28
|
33
|
29
|
34
|
30 or more
|
35
|
g. Child care facility included with a housing development project.
A housing development project, which conforms to the requirements
of subsections C.1.a (Housing development with low income restricted
affordable units, for sale or for rent), C.1.b (Housing development
with very low income restricted affordable units, for sale or for
rent), C.1.c (Market rate senior housing, for sale or for rent), C.1.d
(Common interest development with moderate income restricted affordable
units, for sale or for rent), or C.1.e (Housing for transitional foster
youth, disabled veterans, or homeless persons) of this section, and
includes a child care facility located on the premises of, as part
of, or adjacent to, the project, shall be granted one of the following:
i. An additional density bonus that is, for purposes of calculating
residential density, an increase in the floor area of the project
equal to the floor area of the child care facility included in the
project; or
ii.
An additional incentive that contributes significantly to the
economic feasibility of the construction of the child care facility.
h. Condominium conversion to moderate or low income housing. Subject
to the requirements of California
Government Code Section 65915.5,
a housing development project that involves the conversion of apartments
into condominiums and that includes at least 33% of the total units
of the project for low or moderate income households or 15% of the
total units of the project for lower income households, shall be granted
one of the following:
i. A density bonus of 25%; or
ii.
Up to three incentives of, in the aggregate, equivalent financial
value to the density bonus of 25%.
2. Ineligible developments.
a. Vacated rental property, generally. A housing development project is ineligible for a density bonus, incentives, parking alterations, or any other concessions provided in this section if the development is located on any property that includes a parcel or parcels on which rental dwelling units are or, if the dwelling units have been vacated or demolished in the five-year period preceding the date of the application described in subsection
A (Application), have been subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of low or very low income; subject to any other form of governmental rent or price control; or occupied by lower or very low income households, unless:
i. The proposed housing development replaces those units, as defined
in subsection C.2.c (Replacement); and
ii.
Either of the following applies:
A.
The proposed development, inclusive of the units replaced pursuant
to this subsection, contains affordable units at the percentages required
in subsections C.1.a (Housing development with low income restricted
affordable units, for sale or for rent), C.1.b (Housing development
with very low income restricted affordable units, for sale or for
rent), C.1.c (Market rate senior housing, for sale or for rent), C.1.d
(Common interest development with moderate income restricted affordable
units, for sale or for rent), or C.1.e (Housing for transitional foster
youth, disabled veterans, or homeless persons); or
B.
Each unit in the development, exclusive of a manager's unit
or units, is affordable to, and occupied by, either a low or very
low income household.
b. Vacated rental property, condominium conversion. An applicant for
a condominium conversion described in subsection C.1.h (Condominium
Conversion to Moderate or Low Income Housing) shall be ineligible
for a density bonus, incentives, parking alterations, or any other
concessions provided in this section if the condominium project is
proposed on any property that includes a parcel or parcels on which
rental dwelling units are or, if the dwelling units have been vacated
or demolished in the five-year period preceding the application subsection
D.1 (Application), have been subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance,
or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families
of low or very low income; subject to any other form of governmental
rent or price control; or occupied by lower or very low income households,
unless:
i. The proposed condominium project replaces those units, as defined
in subsection C.2.c (Replacement) below; and
ii.
Either of the following applies:
A.
The proposed condominium project, inclusive of the units replaced,
contains affordable units at the percentages set forth in subsection
D.1 (Condominium Conversion to Moderate or Low Income Housing); or
B.
Each unit in the development, exclusive of a manager's unit
or units, is affordable to, and occupied by, either a low or very
low income household.
c. Replacement. For purposes of this subsection C.2 (Ineligible Developments),
"replace" shall mean either of the following:
i. If any dwelling units described in subsections C.2.a (Vacated Rental Property, Generally) or C.2.b (Vacated Rental Property, Condominium Conversion) are occupied on the date an application as described in subsection D.1 (Application) is submitted, the proposed housing development shall provide at least the same number of units of equivalent size, to be made available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income category as those households in occupancy. For unoccupied dwelling units described in subsection C.2.a (Vacated Rental Property, Generally) in a development with occupied units, the proposed housing development shall provide units of equivalent size to be made available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income category as the last household in occupancy. If the income category of the last household in occupancy is not known, it shall be rebuttably presumed that lower income renter households occupied these units in the same proportion of lower income renter households to all renter households within the jurisdiction, as determined by the most recently available data from the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development's Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database. All replacement calculations resulting in fractional units shall be rounded up to the next whole number. If the replacement units will be rental dwelling units, these units shall be subject to a recorded affordability restriction for at least 55 years. If the proposed development is for-sale units, the units replaced shall be subject to covenant requirements of subsection
I (Covenants).
ii.
If all dwelling units described in subsection C.2.a (Vacated Rental Property, Generally) have been vacated or demolished within the five-year period preceding the application, the proposed housing development shall provide at least the same number of units of equivalent size as existed at the highpoint of those units in the five-year period preceding the application to be made available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income category as those persons and families in occupancy at that time, if known. If the incomes of the persons and families in occupancy at the highpoint is not known, it shall be rebuttably presumed that low-income and very low income renter households occupied these units in the same proportion of low-income and very low income renter households to all renter households within the jurisdiction, as determined by the most recently available data from the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development's Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database. All replacement calculations resulting in fractional units shall be rounded up to the next whole number. If the replacement units will be rental dwelling units, these units shall be subject to a recorded affordability restriction for at least 55 years. If the proposed development is for-sale units, the units replaced shall be subject to the covenant requirements of subsection
I (Covenants).
D. Application
processing and review.
1. Application. An application for a density bonus, incentives, parking
requirements alterations, and/or waiver or any other provision in
this section shall:
a. Be submitted in conjunction with an applicable development permit
application;
b. Be made on a form provided by the Department;
c. Be accompanied by applicable fees;
d. Include reasonable documentation, using forms prepared by the city,
and supporting materials that demonstrate how any concessions and/or
incentives requested by applicant result in identifiable and actual
cost reductions to provide the affordable housing;
e. Include reasonable documentation and supporting materials that demonstrate
how a requested modification to or waiver of an applicable development
standard is needed in order to avoid physically precluding the construction
of the proposed project at the densities authorized under this section
or with the concessions and/or incentives requested; and
f. Include any other documentation or materials required by this section
or by the city for the purpose of density bonus, incentives, parking
requirements alterations, and/or waivers or any other provision in
this section.
2. Review authority. Applications shall be reviewed by the review authority
charged to review the applicable development permit application.
E. Density bonus standards. Developments eligible for density bonuses as provided in subsection
C (Development Eligibility, Bonus Densities, and Incentive Counts) may receive the density bonuses as provided below:
1. No waiver required. The granting of a density bonus shall not require
or be interpreted to require the waiver of a local ordinance or provisions
of a local ordinance unrelated to development standards.
2. Density calculation. The area of any land required to be dedicated
for street or alley purposes may be included as lot area for purposes
of calculating the maximum density permitted by the underlying zone
in which the project is located.
3. Fractional units. All density bonus calculations shall be rounded
up to the next whole number including the base density, restricted
affordable units, and the number of affordable units required to be
eligible for a density bonus.
4. Minimum number of dwelling units. For the purpose of establishing
the minimum number of five dwelling units in a project, the restricted
affordable units shall be included and density bonus units shall be
excluded.
5. Other discretionary approval. Approval of density bonus units shall
not, in and of itself, trigger other discretionary approvals required
by this Code.
6. Other affordable housing subsidies. Approval of density bonus units
does not, in and of itself, preclude projects from receipt of other
government subsidies for affordable housing.
7. Optional density bonuses. Nothing in this section shall be construed
to prohibit the city from granting a density bonus greater than what
is described in this section for a development that meets the requirements
of this section or from granting a proportionately lower density bonus
than what is required by this section for developments that do not
meet the requirements of this section.
8. Lesser percentage of density bonus. If elected by the applicant,
a lesser percentage of density increase, including, but not limited
to, no increase in density, is permissible.
9. Additional Density Bonus. The City Council may approve a density bonus that exceeds the density bonus limitations identified in subsection
C by resolution upon making findings that the additional density bonus will assist in accomplishing the goals of the Housing Element of the City of Palm Springs General Plan and Regional Housing Needs Assessment.
F. Incentive standards. A development eligible for incentives as provided in subsection
C (Development Eligibility, Bonus Densities and Incentive Counts) may receive incentives or concessions as provided in subsection F.1 (On-Menu Incentives) or F.2 (Off-Menu Incentives).
1. On-menu incentives. The City Council has determined that the on-menu
incentives listed below would not have a specific adverse impact.
a. Lot coverage. Up to 20% increase in lot coverage limits.
b. Lot width. Up to 20% decrease from a lot width requirement.
c. Floor area ratio. In zone districts with a floor area ratio maximum,
an increase in the maximum floor area equal to the floor area of the
affordable housing units for the housing development project, up to
a 35% increase in the floor area maximum.
d. Height. Up to an 11 foot increase in the allowable height.
e. Yard/setback. Up to 20% decrease in the required width or depth of
any individual yard or setback except along any property line that
abuts a property zoned for single-family.
2. Off-menu incentives. An applicant may request an incentive not included
in subsection F.1 (On-Menu Incentives), so long as such incentive
meets the definition under state law. The review authority will determine
whether any such requested off-menu incentive may have a specific,
adverse impact.
3. Denial of requested incentive. The reviewing authority may deny a
request for an incentive only if it makes a written finding, based
on substantial evidence, of any of the following:
a. The concession or incentive does not result in identifiable and actual cost reductions, consistent with the definition of "concession" or "incentive," to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in Health & Safety Section 50052.5, or for rents for the targeted units to be set as specified in subsection
I (Covenants).
b. The concession or incentive would have a specific, adverse impact
upon public health and safety or the physical environment or on any
real property that is listed in the California or Palm Springs Register
of Historical Resources and for which there is no feasible method
to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact without
rendering the development unaffordable to low-income and moderate-income
households.
c. The concession or incentive would be contrary to state or federal
law.
4. Additional Incentives. The City Council may approve incentives in
excess of the limitations identified above by resolution upon making
findings that the additional incentives will assist in accomplishing
the goals of the Housing Element of the City of Palm Springs General
Plan and Regional Housing Needs Assessment.
G. Parking
requirement alteration standards.
1. General parking requirement. Developments eligible for density bonuses and/or incentives as provided in subsection
C (Development Eligibility, Bonus Densities, and Incentive Counts) must comply with the applicable parking provisions of section 93.06.00 (Off-Street Parking), unless the development qualifies for a parking requirement alteration as provided in subsections G.2 (On-Menu Parking Requirement Alterations) or G.3 (Off-Menu Parking Requirement Alterations).
2. On-menu parking requirement alterations.
a. For any development eligible for a density bonus. Upon the request
of the developer, the city shall not impose a parking requirement,
inclusive of handicapped and guest parking, of a development, that
exceeds the following requirements:
i. For zero to one bedroom, one onsite parking space.
ii.
For two to three bedrooms, two onsite parking spaces.
iii.
For four and more bedrooms, two and one-half parking spaces.
b. For low or very low income housing near major transit stop. Upon
the request of the developer, the city shall not impose a parking
requirement, inclusive of handicapped and guest parking, that exceeds
one-half parking spaces per bedroom if:
i. The development includes the maximum percentage of low or very low
income units; and
ii.
The development is located within one-half mile of a major transit
stop; and
iii.
There is unobstructed access to the major transit stop to the
development.
c. For senior housing developments with only rentals and transportation.
Upon the request of the developer, the city shall not impose a parking
requirement, inclusive of handicapped and guest parking, that exceeds
one-half parking spaces per bedroom if:
i. The development is a senior housing development; and
ii.
The development consists solely of rental units, excluding a
manager's unit or units, at a housing cost affordable to low income
families; and
iii.
The development shall have either paratransit service or unobstructed
access, within one-half mile, to fixed bus route service that operates
at least eight times per day.
d. Special needs housing development with only rentals and transportation.
Upon the request of the developer, the city shall not impose a parking
requirement, inclusive of handicapped and guest parking, that exceeds
0.3 parking spaces per bedroom if:
i. The development is a special needs housing development; and
ii.
The development consists solely of rental units, excluding a
manager's unit or units, at a housing cost affordable to low income
families; and
iii.
The development shall have either paratransit service or unobstructed
access, within one-half mile, to fixed bus route service that operates
at least eight times per day.
e. No change to incentive count. A request pursuant to these on-menu parking requirement alterations shall neither reduce nor increase the number of incentives to which the applicant is entitled pursuant to subsections
C (Development Eligibility, Bonus Densities, and Incentive Counts) or F (Incentives Standards).
3. Off-menu parking requirement alterations. An applicant may request
parking requirement alterations beyond those provided in subsection
G.2 (On-Menu Parking Requirement Alterations) as an incentive pursuant
to C (Development Eligibility, Bonus Densities, and Incentive Counts)
or F (Incentives Standards).
4. Optional parking requirement alterations. This section does not preclude
the city from reducing or eliminating a parking requirement for development
projects of any type in any location.
5. Provision of parking. If the total number of parking spaces required
for a development is other than a whole number, the number shall be
rounded up to the next whole number. For purposes of this section,
a development may provide onsite parking through tandem parking or
uncovered parking, but not through onstreet parking.
6. Parking study. Notwithstanding the parking requirement alterations
available in subsections G.2 (On-Menu Parking Requirement Alterations)
and G.3 (Off-Menu Parking Requirement Alterations), if the city or
an independent consultant has conducted an area-wide or jurisdiction-wide
parking study in the last seven years from the date of the application
described in subsection D.1 (Application), then the city may impose
a higher parking requirement not to exceed the requirement described
in subsection G.2.a (For Any Development), based upon substantial
evidence found in the parking study, that includes, but is not limited
to, an analysis of parking availability, differing levels of transit
access, walkability access to transit services, the potential for
shared parking, the effect of parking requirements on the cost of
market-rate and subsidized developments, and the lower rates of car
ownership for low and very low income individuals, including seniors
and special needs individuals. The City shall pay the costs of any
new study. The City shall make findings, based on a parking study
completed in conformity with this paragraph, supporting the need for
the higher parking requirement.
H. Waiver
standards.
1. Waivers or reductions. An applicant may apply for a waiver or reduction of development standards that will have the effect of physically precluding the construction of a development identified in subsection
C (Development Eligibility, Bonus Densities, and Incentive Counts) at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted under this section, and may request a meeting with the city to discuss the proposed waiver or reduction.
2. No Change in other incentives. A proposal for the waiver or reduction
of development standards described in subsection H.1 (Waivers or Reductions)
shall neither reduce nor increase the number of incentives or concessions
to which the applicant is entitled pursuant to this section.
3. Denial of requested waiver. The reviewing authority may deny a request
for a waiver under this section if it finds the waiver would:
a. Waive or reduce a development standard that would not have the effect
of physically precluding the construction of a development meeting
the criteria of this section at the densities or with the incentives
permitted under this section; or
b. Have a specific, adverse impact upon health, safety, or the physical
environment, and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily
mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact; or
c. Have an adverse impact on any real property that is listed in the
California or Palm Springs Register of Historical Resources; or
d. Be contrary to state or federal law.
I. Covenants.
1. Covenant required. Prior to issuance of a building permit for a development identified in subsection
C (Development Eligibility, Bonus Densities, and Incentive Counts) that qualified for a density bonus, incentive, and/or parking alteration, the developer must record a restrictive covenant against the development as provided in subsection I.2 (Covenants for Specific Developments).
2. Covenants for specific developments.
a. For rental developments for low or very low income households. For
a development that contains rental housing for low or very low income
households, a covenant acceptable to the city shall be recorded with
the Riverside County Recorder, guaranteeing that the affordability
criteria will be observed for at least 55 years from the issuance
of the certificate of occupancy or a longer period of time if required
by the construction or mortgage financing assistance program, mortgage
assistance program, or rental subsidy program.
b. For for-sale developments for very low, low, and moderate income
households. For a for-sale development that contains housing for initial
occupants of very low, low, and/or moderate incomes, an equity sharing
agreement acceptable to the city and consistent with the for-sale
requirements of California
Government Code Section 65915(c)(2) shall
be recorded with Riverside County Recorder.
3. Private right of action. Any covenant described in this section must
provide for a private right of enforcement by the city, any tenant,
or owner of any building to which a covenant and agreement applies.
4. Conflict of durations. If the duration of affordability covenants
provided for in this section conflicts with the duration for any other
government requirement, the longest duration shall control.
J. State
regulations. All other provisions of California
Government Code Sections
65915 to 65918, and any amendments thereto, not specified herein are
incorporated by reference into this section.
(Ord. 1976 § 2, 2019; Ord. 2031 §§ 59, 60, 2020; Ord. 2088, 11/9/2023)
A. Purpose
and Intent. It is the policy of the City to make, as provided in this
section, reasonable accommodation in the application of its zoning
and land use laws for disabled persons, to the extent required under
the Fair Housing Act (FHA), United States Code Title 42, Section 3604(f)
and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (FEHA), California
Government Code Section 12927(c)(1). The purpose of this section is
to establish the process for disabled persons to submit and for the
City to review a Request for Reasonable Accommodation in the application
of this title where necessary to afford the disabled person an equal
opportunity to use and enjoy a dwelling within the City.
B. For
the purposes of this section, unless otherwise apparent from the context,
certain words or phrases used in this section are defined as follows:
1. "FEHA" means the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, codified
at
Government Code Section 12900 et. seq.
2. "FHA" means the Fair Housing Act, codified at 42 U.S.C. 3601 et.
deq.
3. "Person with a disability" means a person who has a physical or mental
impairment that makes achievement of a major life activity difficult,
as defined by FEHA section 12926, as amended; anyone who is regarded
as having such impairment or anyone with a record of such impairment.
4. "Reasonable accommodation" means providing persons with disabilities,
or developers of housing for persons with disabilities, flexibility
in the application of land use and zoning and building regulations,
policies, practices and procedures, or waving certain requirements,
when it is necessary to eliminate barriers to housing opportunities
for persons with disabilities.
C. Review Authority. The Director is the final authority on a Request for Reasonable Accommodation relating to this section, subject to the appeal provisions of subsection
H (Appeal).
D. Applicability.
1. Eligible Applicants.
a. A Request for Reasonable Accommodation may be made by any person
with a disability, his or her representative, or a developer or provider
of housing for persons with disabilities, when the application of
a land use, zoning or building regulation, policy, practice or procedure
may act as a barrier to fair housing opportunities for persons with
disabilities.
b. The FHA affords no protections to persons with or without disabilities
whose tenancy presents a direct threat to the persons or property
of others. Determining whether someone's tenancy poses such a direct
threat must be made on an individualized basis, however, and cannot
be based on general assumptions or speculation about the nature of
a disability.
2. Eligible request. A Request for Reasonable Accommodation may include
a modification or exception to the practices, rules, or standards
for the development, siting, and use of housing or housing-related
facilities that would eliminate regulatory barriers and provide a
person with a disability equal opportunity to housing of their choice.
E. Application.
1. Requirements. Application for a Request for Reasonable Accommodation
shall be made to the Director on forms approved by the Director and
shall be full and complete, including such data as may be prescribed
by the Director to assist in determining the validity of the request.
Incomplete applications shall not be accepted or filing.
2. Assistance with the Application. Upon request, the City will provide
assistance to a person needing assistance in making the Request for
Reasonable Accommodation to ensure that the process is accessible
to persons with disabilities.
F. Review
and Processing.
1. Application Review. The director of planning services shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny a Request for Reasonable Accommodation in accordance with the required findings in subsection
G (Required Findings).
2. Decision.
a. Decision Timing and Content. The director of planning services shall issue a written decision on a Request for Reasonable Accommodation within 30 days of receipt of a complete application. The written decision shall explain in detail the basis of the decision under the required findings in subsection
G (Required Findings), give notice of the applicant's right to appeal the decision, and be sent to the applicant by certified or registered mail.
b. Request for Further Information. If necessary to reach a decision
on Request for Reasonable Accommodation, the director of planning
services may request further information from the applicant consistent
the FHA, FEHA, and this section, specifying in detail the further
information required. In the event that a request for additional information
is made, the 30-day period to issue a decision under subsection 2.a
(Decision Timing and Content) is stayed until the applicant responds
to the request.
3. Compliance with other Regulations. An approved Request for Reasonable
Accommodation does not affect any person's obligations to comply with
all other applicable regulations not at issue in the requested accommodation.
4. Confidentiality. Any information identified by an applicant as confidential
shall be retained in a manner so as to respect the privacy rights
of the applicant and shall not be made available for public inspection,
unless disclosure is otherwise required by state or federal law.
G. Required
Findings. Prior to approval of a Request for Reasonable Accommodation,
all of the following findings shall be made consistent with the FHA
and FEHA:
1. The housing, which is the subject of the request for reasonable accommodation,
will be used by a person with disabilities protected under fair housing
laws.
2. The requested accommodation is necessary to make housing available
to a person with disabilities protected under the fair housing laws.
3. The requested accommodation would not impose an undue financial or
administrative burden on the city.
4. The requested accommodation would not require a fundamental alteration
in the nature of the city's land use, zoning or building policies,
practices or procedures, including consideration of alternatives which
may provide an equal level of benefit.
5. The requested accommodation will not result in a direct and significant
threat to the health or safety of other persons or substantial physical
damage to the property of others.
H. Appeals.
1. Procedure. The action of the director of planning services shall be final unless appealed to the planning commission within 10 working days. The appeal shall be in writing and, upon receipt and filing of the appropriate appeal fee, the director of planning services shall schedule the item at the next available regular meeting of the planning commission. The action of the planning commission shall be final unless appealed to the city council in the manner provided by Chapter
2.05 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code.
2. Assistance with Appeal. Upon request, the City will provide assistance
to a person needing assistance in filing an appeal to ensure that
the appeals process is accessible to persons with disabilities.
I. Modifications
Requested by the Applicant. The applicant may request modifications
to the approved request for reasonable accommodation. The application
for modification shall be submitted, processed, and reviewed in the
same manner as a new application.
J. Modifications
or Revocations Initiated by the City.
1. Review Authority and Findings. The Director may make changes or revoke
the approval of applications when conditions of approval are violated,
it is necessary to resolve a nuisance, and/or when the application
contained incorrect, false, or misleading information.
2. Procedures. The Director shall notify the applicant of the change or revocation of the approval by mail no later than the next business day after the director's decision. The applicant may appeal the director's decision as provided in subsection
H (Appeals).
(Ord. 1975 § 2, 2019)
A. Use
and Zoning. Transitional housing and supportive housing shall be considered
a residential use of property, and shall be subject only to those
restrictions that apply to other residential dwellings of the same
type in the same zone.
B. Definitions.
For the purposes of this section, certain words or phrases used in
this section are defined as follows:
"Supportive housing"
means housing with no limit on length of stay, that is occupied
by the target population, and that is linked to an onsite or offsite
service that assists the supportive housing resident in retaining
the housing, improving his or her health status, and maximizing his
or her ability to live and, when possible, work in the community.
"Transitional housing"
means buildings configured as rental housing developments,
but operated under program requirements that require the termination
of assistance and recirculating of the assisted unit to another eligible
program recipient at a predetermined future point in time that shall
be no less than six months from the beginning of the assistance.
(Ord. 1974 § 2, 2019)
A. Purpose
and Intent. The purpose of this ordinance is to assess and mitigate
the impact of a golf course conversion on real property by establishing
appropriate procedures, by requiring outreach with residents, property
owners and community members and by establishing specific development
standards to ensure compatibility with the existing land uses. The
ordinance seeks to protect the public health, safety and welfare through
the following:
1. Maintain open space. Recognizing there may be certain loses of open
space with any conversion, this ordinance is intended to maintain
usable and passive open spaces in perpetuity. These spaces provide
benefits to nearby residents impacted by such conversions as well
as the community at large.
2. View preservation and access. This ordinance is intended to preserve
open space views from public roads and residential property surrounding
golf course property, while allowing public access to open space land
to the maximum extent possible under law.
3. Neighbor outreach. The intent is to require extensive communication
between the applicant and nearby residents, property owners and interested
community members (collectively, "community members") on the proposed
conversion. In particular, the ordinance is designed to address the
conversion of golf courses surrounded, in whole or in part, by existing
residential uses or lands zoned residential.
4. Public scoping process. The ordinance requires a two-step application
process with the intent of resolving conflicts, addressing neighbor
concerns and exploring project alternatives during the early stages
of a proposed conversion. To that end, this ordinance requires an
applicant to complete an intent to convert/scoping application process
followed with the formal conversion application process for the applicable
development entitlements to convert a golf course (see "conversion
application" below).
5. Development standards. It is the intent of the specific development
standards contained herein to encourage the applicant to propose a
conversion project with land uses and amenities that are compatible
and complementary to existing neighborhoods. Further, the applicant
is encouraged to incorporate reasonable input provided by nearby residents,
property owners and community members into the development proposal.
B. Applicability.
1. This ordinance applies to golf courses that are currently developed
in the City of Palm Springs, to the extent permitted by law, including
those that are both operational and non-operational.
2. The following zoning actions and General Plan Amendments, hereafter
collectively referred to as "conversion applications," shall be subject
to this section. A conversion application shall be required when an
applicant seeks to change a constructed golf course to a non-golf
course use.
a. General Plan Amendments. This section applies to a golf course constructed
in any general plan designation where the proposed non-golf course
use is not permitted by the Land Use Element. Amendments to the General
Plan shall be subject to requirements and procedures described in
the General Plan and California
Government Code Sections 65300 et.
seq.
b. Zoning actions. This section applies to a golf course constructed
in any zoning district where the proposed non-golf course use is not
permitted, accessory, or conditional in the zoning district or tract
for which an entitlement is sought.
i. Specific Plan. A specific plan shall be prepared and adopted for
the entire golf course site to provide a comprehensive land use plan
complying with the goals and policies of the general plan and the
requirements of this ordinance. A specific plan is required to address
the unique characteristics and qualities of a project site. The specific
plan may refer to and incorporate uses and standards outlined in the
zones established by the zoning code, such as the R-1, R-2 or R-3
zoning districts.
ii.
Development Agreement. In addition to a specific plan, a development agreement shall be prepared for a conversion that requires a transfer of development rights (density transfer). The development agreement shall specify the development rights transaction consisting of either inkind replacement of such open space elsewhere in the City, payment of in-lieu fees, or replacement of converted open space through the use of density transfer, in accordance with General Plan policies and any applicable city ordinances. The development agreement shall define public access to open space trails to the extent permitted by law and include date certain timeframes for payments and land transfers, if applicable. The development agreement shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements and procedures set forth in this section and Zoning Code section
94.08.00.
3. Notwithstanding the applicability of Section 93.23.20(B)(2) of the
Zoning Code, the City is not precluded from enforcing local codes
requiring regular maintenance of a golf course, including the issuance
of warnings, citations, etc. The golf course property owner(s) shall
continue to maintain golf course property in accordance with Section
93.19.00 of the Zoning Code.
C. Intent
to convert application procedures.
1. Intent to convert application. The applicant shall submit an "Intent
to Convert" application to the City prior to submitting a formal conversion
application. The Director shall establish the procedure and application
submittal requirements, including but not limited to:
a. A title report that identifies the current owner of the property
and all encumbrances, including covenants, leases, easements, rights
to purchase and any other legally binding instrument, against the
property;
b. A property owner statement shall be submitted that expressly identifies
any and all master leases, recreational leases, private use restrictions,
covenants and open space easements that may impact and/or are within
the chain of title to any portion of the golf course property (hereinafter,
collectively referred to as the "Existing Agreements"). To the extent
there are any Existing Agreements, the applicant shall attach such
Existing Agreements to the Intent to Convert application and shall
further identify whether or not the Existing Agreements impact any
maintenance obligations and/or use of the golf course property. The
applicant will further identify whether or not they are in default
of any Existing Agreements (such as failure to maintain the golf course
property) as well as the names, addresses, telephone number and contact
persons of any and all parties (other than the applicant) to such
Existing Agreements;
c. The Developer's Alternatives Statement, as provided for in paragraph
(C)(2) below;
d. A statement describing the methods to be used to engage community
members at the Neighbor Outreach Meetings, as provided for in paragraph
(C)(3) below;
e. Within 15 days after submitting the Intent to Convert Application,
the applicant shall post on-site signage to inform the public that
an Intent to Convert application has been submitted to the City. The
applicant shall install one 3-foot by 4-foot sign per street frontage
and an additional sign every 300 lineal feet along such streets to
the satisfaction of the Director. The sign design shall be similar
to the signage required in Section 94.09.00(F) of the Zoning Code,
with project information, developer and city contact information and
other criteria, as specified by the Director;
f. A fee shall be paid in such amount as has been prescribed by resolution
of the city council for the purpose of defraying the City's costs
of processing the application; and
g. Environmental Constraints. The applicant shall provide preliminary
analyses and environmental studies that identify and evaluate environmental
constraints on the project site. At a minimum, the submittal shall
contain preliminary environmental analyses that address the following
criteria:
i. Biological resources (potentially affected wetlands or waterways,
potentially affected endangered/threatened species, wildlife migration);
ii.
Cultural resources (prehistoric and/or historic resources/structures);
iii.
Floodwaters (creeks, washes and/or water channels that cross
the site, 100-year floodplains, delineation of federal and state waters,
etc.);
iv.
Geotechnical (earthquake faults, landslides, liquefaction);
v. Hazardous materials on site or proposed to be used in construction
on site;
vi.
Required permits and permitting agencies for the project (including
compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), if required);
and
vii.
Water quality (surface and groundwater usage/depletion, Regional
Water Quality Control Board or other agency compliance).
h. The owner shall attest that there are no active or outstanding code
enforcement activities on the golf course.
2. Developer's Alternatives Statement.
The purpose of the Developer's Alternatives Statement (Alternatives
Statement) is to serve as a tool to inform community members and the
City about the applicant's development options and intentions. It
is intended to encourage communication and cooperation between the
applicant, community members, and the City. The Alternatives Statement
shall be prepared by the applicant and shall clearly identify the
goals and objectives for the conversion project. The Alternatives
Statement shall address, at a minimum, the four alternatives noted
below. Each alternative shall be accompanied with an economic analysis
that details its viability. The alternatives are not intended to be
mutually exclusive; the conceptual development plan described below
may incorporate one or more of the alternatives in the conversion
project.
a. No conversion: The applicant shall examine opportunities to retain
all or part of the golf course. The following considerations are to
be assessed:
i. Whether any of the existing property owners' association(s) with
an Existing Agreement and/or which owns or manages any residential
unit or common area within 500-feet of the golf course property, are
willing and able to purchase all or part of the golf course; and
ii.
Whether any of the existing property owners' association(s),
City-recognized Neighborhood Organizations and/or any new association
with an Existing Agreement and/or which owns or manages any residential
unit or common area within 500-feet of the golf course property, can
coordinate joint control for all or part of the golf course.
iii.
The economic feasibility of continuing to operate the golf course.
b. Partial conversion: The applicant shall prepare a conceptual development
plan where a nine-hole and/or par three course is part of the project
and provide a narrative that describes the operational aspects of
the course and its compatibility with existing and proposed uses,
and the economic feasibility of partial conversion.
c. Donation or purchase: The applicant shall coordinate with the City,
local land conservancy agencies and abutting homeowners or homeowner's
associations to determine if there is interest on the applicant's
part to donate or sell, and the city's, land conservancy's, and/or
homeowner's associations' part to accept a donation or purchase ownership,
or maintain a portion or all of the property for a public or private
use, such as a public or private park, open space, civic use, or other
facility. This section shall not require the City, land conservancy
or homeowner's association to purchase or accept a donation of any
lands, nor shall this require the property owner to donate or sell
any land.
d. Full conversion development plan: The applicant shall prepare one
or more proposed conceptual development plans, consistent with the
development standards established in section 93.23.20(F) of the Zoning
Code, depicting the proposed conversion. The applicant shall share
the conceptual development plan with the neighboring residents at
the Outreach Meetings as described in paragraph (C)(3) below. The
conceptual development plan shall depict the retained and proposed
land uses, including residential, non-residential, and preserve areas;
existing and proposed roadway and pedestrian systems; existing and
proposed trees and landscaping, including the study and preservation
of specimen trees; and the proposed location for the desert greenway,
including any passive recreational uses. The narrative shall identify
the intensity of the proposed land uses; how the proposed conversion
is compatible with the existing surrounding land uses and any methods
to provide benefits or mitigate impacts to the community members.
It shall also identify any proposed deviations from the General Plan
or Zoning Code. Visual exhibits to describe the conceptual development
plan and amenities, including the desert greenway, shall also be provided.
3. Neighbor outreach meetings.
The Neighbor Outreach Meetings (Outreach Meetings) are intended
to engage the residents, property owners and interested community
members, early in the conversion project and inform the applicant
as to what these parties find important in the neighborhood, what
they consider compatible with the neighborhood, and what types of
land uses they would support to be added to the neighborhood. An assigned
City planner shall attend the Outreach Meetings and observe the process.
The following is required of the applicant:
a. The applicant shall conduct a minimum of two in-person Outreach Meetings
in accordance with the procedures outlined by the Director. One of
these two meetings shall be conducted as a city-wide neighborhood
outreach meeting in a form and format approved by the Director. Notification
of these meetings shall be provided to surrounding residents (including
renters/occupants and property owners) and community associations
that are located within 500-feet of any boundary of the subject golf
course. When a portion of a community association is within 500-feet
of a boundary, the notice shall be provided to all residents and property
owners within the association. Notification of these meetings shall
also be provided to all Neighborhood Organizations through the Office
of Neighborhood Involvement. Additionally, the applicant shall host
a website that provides information on Outreach Meetings and conceptual
plans at any time there is an Intent to Convert application submitted
to the City. The website address shall be incorporated in the mailings
notifying the residents, community members and Neighborhood Organizations
of the in-person Outreach Meetings. All costs of the Outreach Meetings
shall be borne exclusively by the applicant.
b. At the Outreach Meetings, the applicant shall, in good faith, provide
information to the residents, property owners and community members
about the purpose of the meeting, including a presentation on the
goals and objectives of the conversion project, the conceptual development
plan, the desert greenway concept, and the measures taken to ensure
compatibility with the existing surrounding neighborhood.
c. Outreach Meetings report for conversion applications. After completing
both Outreach Meetings the applicant shall prepare an Outreach Meetings
report. The report shall include a list of attendees, a description
of the public outreach methods used, results from outreach methods,
and copies of the materials used during the Outreach Meetings. The
applicant shall also include a point-counterpoint list, identifying
input from the community members and how and why it was or was not
incorporated in the conversion application. The report shall be organized
such that the issues and ideas provided by the community members are
clearly labeled by the applicant in the list and the conversion application.
d. In addition to the above outreach requirements, the applicant shall,
at the request of the City, hold additional meetings after the formal
conversion application(s) is submitted.
4. Planning Commission Scoping Meeting.
Once the requirements of Sections (C)(1) through (C)(3) have
been completed as determined by staff, the Planning Commission shall
review the Intent to Convert application materials at a study session.
The Commission may provide comments to the applicant, but shall not
take any action on the Intent to Convert application, nor shall it
preliminarily indicate approval, conditional approval or disapproval
of the proposed project at this stage.
D. Formal
conversion application procedures.
1. Application. An applicant shall not submit a conversion application (e.g. specific plan, development agreement, General Plan Amendment) until the Intent to Convert process outlined in subsection
(C) is deemed complete. An Intent to Convert application may not be deemed completed unless and until all outstanding issues relating to any Existing Agreements have been resolved between/among the parties to such Existing Agreements. Thereafter, the applicant may proceed by submitting a formal conversion application with the City as follows:
a. General Plan Amendments. For projects subject to 93.23.20.B.2.a.,
the applicant shall file a General Plan Amendment application.
b. Other actions. For projects subject to 93.23.20.B.2.b., the applicant
shall file a specific plan application and an application(s) for applicable
entitlement(s). The specific plan shall include text and diagrams
specifying (1) the distribution, location, and extent of uses of land,
including open space, (2) standards by which development will proceed,
(3) location of public and private improvements, (4) design guidelines,
and (5) other criteria specified in
Government Code Section 65451.
In addition, the applicant shall file an application for a development
agreement for a density transfer, in-kind replacement of open space
or payment of in-lieu fees, as required by Policy LU 2.2 of the General
Plan. Deviations from Zoning Code section 93.23.20 shall be prohibited;
further, proposed deviations from the other sections of the Zoning
Code shall be described in these applications when proposing development
that deviates from the City's zoning districts.
c. Environmental documentation. The project will require environmental
analysis and documentation, in accordance with the California Environmental
Quality Act (CEQA). The City shall be the lead agency for the CEQA
document and shall direct its preparation, as permitted under state
law. The type of environmental document will be determined to be consistent
with Section 15064 of the CEQA Guidelines. Environmental analysis
for any federal approvals that require review under the National Environmental
Policy Act (NEPA) should be coordinated with the federal agency with
jurisdiction.
d. Fees. When the conversion application is filed, a fee shall be paid
in such amount as has been prescribed by resolution of the city council
for the purpose of defraying the City's costs of processing the application.
The applicant shall be responsible for paying fees associated with
the review of the application, including but not limited to costs
for third party consultants, staff and the city attorney's office.
2. Staff Investigation. After the application is deemed complete, staff shall make an investigation of the facts bearing on the case to provide the information necessary for action consistent with this ordinance and shall report the findings to the Planning Commission and City Council. Staff shall provide an analysis of the Guidelines as provided in subsection
(E) below and any other findings applicable to the development entitlements being sought by the applicant.
3. Planning Commission.
a. Public hearing. The Planning Commission shall hold a public hearing in the manner provided for in Section
94.09.00.
b. Review and recommendation. After holding a public hearing and deliberating
the facts of the conversion application, the Commission shall make
a recommendation to the City Council, including conformity recommendations
related to findings of related project development entitlements, if
applicable. In the event the Commission is unable to make a favorable
recommendation and denies the conversation application, the applicant
may appeal the decision to the City Council in accordance with the
procedures of Section 2.05 of the Palm Springs Municipal Code.
4. City Council.
a. Public hearing. The City Council shall hold a public hearing in the manner provided for in Section
94.09.00.
b. Review and decision. After holding a public hearing, considering
the Planning Commission's recommendations and deliberating the facts
of the applications, the City Council may approve or deny the conversion
application.
E. Compatibility
review guidelines.
The staff report shall evaluate, and the Planning Commission
and City Council shall make written findings on each of the following:
1. Whether the applicant has met the requirements established in this
section and development standards in the Zoning Code. In particular,
that the proposed design and use(s) of the open space and desert greenway,
as applicable, meet the standards as described in paragraph (F)(3)
and the minimum 50% open space described in paragraph (F)(5) below.
2. Whether the Outreach Meetings report and point-counterpoint list
described above reasonably reflect the discussions that took place
at the Outreach Meetings.
3. Whether the applicant incorporated reasonable input provided by the
community members to address impacts of the golf course conversion
on community members' real property.
4. Whether the applicant provided an explanation as to why input from
the community members was not incorporated into the conceptual development
plan.
5. Whether the applicant appropriately demonstrated opportunities and
constraints of an existing site and economic viability of the chosen
proposal.
6. Whether the applicant complies with other required findings for the
requested development entitlements.
7. Whether there are any Existing Agreements that would prevent the
application from moving forward.
8. Whether there are significant environmental impacts that cannot be
mitigated with the proposed project.
9. Whether the proposed development adequately provides for the maintenance
of the open space and desert greenway, flood zones, and washes.
10. Whether the applicant has demonstrated good faith in the maintenance
of the property since acquisition by not allowing the property to
deteriorate, or otherwise violated applicable State and local maintenance
codes.
11. Whether the proposed development is compatible with the existing
adjacent residential development.
12. Whether the proposed development is adequately set back from the
existing residential development, or is buffered by desert greenway.
F. Development
standards.
The following are additional minimum design standards for General
Plan Amendments and/or other zoning actions that propose to convert
a golf course.
1. Previously approved open space. Golf course acreages utilized to
meet the minimum open space requirements for a previously approved
project shall be retained as open space and shall not be included
in open space calculations for any subsequent conversion projects.
2. Design guidelines. In addition to the requirements of Government
Code Section 65451, a specific plan shall include design guidelines
that specify the form and type of design intended for the development.
3. Open space requirements. Minimum Required. At least half (50%) of
any conversion project shall remain as open space. The open space
shall include desert greenways (as required in paragraph F.4. below),
landscape buffers, accessible and naturalized water channels and waterways,
and to the extent feasible artificial ponds, and will be based on
the project's gross acreage. For the purposes of this section, open
space does not include:
a. Streets (pavement and curbs),
c. Concrete waterway channels,
d. Private residential yards for single family homes,
e. Setbacks for all new uses (R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4, commercial and hotel
zones),
f. Public and private open space required for new R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4,
commercial and hotel uses, including but not limited to pool areas,
clubhouses, tennis courts, playgrounds, parks, etc. that are exclusive
to those uses.
The open space shall be a separate parcel(s) from other parcels
used for private development.
|
4. Desert greenway. The purpose of the greenway is to retain an open
space view for community members, support active/passive recreational
uses, preserve specimen trees, and support existing wildlife habitat,
to the maximum extent possible. For the purposes of this section the
desert greenway shall be identified as a continuous strip of land
set aside for passive recreational uses, such as: open space, nature
trails, parks, playgrounds, golf courses, disc golf courses, exercise
equipment, appropriate urban agriculture, landscape buffers and multi-use
paths. The City Council may approve other passive recreational uses
that were considered by the Planning Commission. The desert greenway
shall not include required yards (setbacks) of any individual lots.
a. The desert greenway shall be contiguous to the existing residential
properties surrounding the golf course and generally located along
the perimeter of the proposed development. The Council may approve
an alternative design that was considered by the Planning Commission.
b. The greenway shall have a minimum average width of 100 feet, and
a width of no less that than 75 feet at any one location. The greenway
shall span the length of the property to the greatest extent possible.
c. Maintenance of the greenways, artificial ponds, flood channels and
floodways, shall be identified through the specific plan review process.
d. Existing trees and understory (shrubs and groundcover) shall be preserved
and maintained to the greatest extent possible within the desert greenway.
The site plan shall identify all existing trees, identify those trees
that will be kept in current locations, those that will be transplanted
to the desert greenway from other locations, and those that are proposed
to be removed. New trees shall also be identified on the site plan.
Trees should be sited along biking and walking paths in the desert
greenways.
e. The proposed new plant materials within the desert greenway shall
be selected from the Lush and Efficient Landscape Guidelines, published
by the Coachella Valley Water District. The use of native plants is
strongly encouraged. The design shall be consistent with water efficient
landscape standards found in Section 8.60 of the Municipal Code.
f. A portion of the greenway may provide stormwater management.
g. The applicant shall record a restrictive covenant in the County's
official records describing the use and maintenance of the greenway
as described in the zoning action. The covenant shall to the extent
feasible contain a provision that provides the public with a non-exclusive
easement over the paths, walkways and bike trails within the desert
greenway. The greenway shall retain its zoning designation as open
space.
5. Building setbacks.
a. Single-Story Structures. All one-story non-golf course uses, except
for the Desert greenway, shall provide a minimum average 50-foot setback
from the property line of existing lands zoned residential or with
residential uses, however the setback shall be no less than 35 feet
at any one location, except where a single fairway is lined with existing
homes on both sides. In that case, the setback requirement may be
reduced on one side of the fairway by City Council.
b. Multi-Story Structures. All structures exceeding one-story within
the project area shall provide a minimum setback of 150 feet from
the property line of existing lands zoned residential or with residential
uses. This setback may be reduced to 100 feet if the area is buffered
by a desert greenway.
c. The area between the structures and perimeter property line shall
be landscaped and maintained. If unobstructed by walls/fences and
consistent with Desert Greenways, this landscape buffer may be included
in the open space standards identified in paragraph F.3. above.
6. Stormwater management requirements. The applicant shall demonstrate
that the stormwater management for the surrounding uses will be maintained
at an equivalent or improved level of service. This shall be demonstrated
by a pre versus post development stormwater runoff analysis.
7. Floodplain review. In accordance with Riverside County Flood Control
and FEMA, the project shall address all issues related to floodplain
management. Any areas proposed for structures shall be outside the
100-year floodplain after development. The post development condition
shall not increase flood risk for any existing structures.
8. All other development standards. The conversion of golf courses shall
be consistent with the development standards in the Zoning Code, as
amended. Building heights, open space and other development standards
shall comply with one or more of the zones listed in the Zoning Code.
However, an alternative land plan with site specific standards may
be considered when vetted through the process outlined in this ordinance,
provided open space is preserved.
9. Existing roadways identified by the General Plan as Major or Secondary
Thoroughfares, if previously interrupted by the existing golf course,
shall be reconnected during the conversion process.
(Ord. 2000 § 2, 2019; Ord. 2031 §§ 61—63, 2020)
A. Purpose.
The purpose of this section is to allow and appropriately regulate
two-unit projects in accordance with
Government Code section 65852.21.
B. Definition.
A "two-unit project" means the development of two primary dwelling
units or, if there is already a primary dwelling unit on the lot,
the development of a second primary dwelling unit on a legally subdivided
lot in accordance with the requirements of this section.
C. Application.
1. Only individual property owners may apply for a two-unit project.
"Individual property owner" means a natural person holding fee title
individually or jointly in the person's own name or a beneficiary
of a trust that holds fee title. "Individual property owner" does
not include any corporation or corporate person of any kind (partnership,
LP, LLC, C corp, S corp, etc.) except for a community land trust (as
defined by
Rev. & Tax Code § 402.1(a)(11)(C)(ii)) or a qualified
nonprofit corporation (as defined by § 214.15).
2. An application for a two-unit project must be submitted on the city's
approved form.
3. The applicant must obtain a certificate of compliance with the Subdivision
Map Act for the lot and provide the certificate with the application.
4. Only a complete application will be considered. The city will inform
the applicant in writing of any incompleteness within 30 days after
the application is submitted.
5. The city may establish a fee to recover its costs for adopting, implementing,
and enforcing this section of the code, in accordance with applicable
law. The city council may establish and change the fee by resolution.
The fee must be paid with the application.
D. Approval.
1. An application for a two-unit project is approved or denied ministerially,
by the Director, without discretionary review.
2. The ministerial approval of a two-unit project does not take effect
until the city has confirmed that the required documents have been
recorded, such as the deed restriction and easements.
3. The approval must require the owner and applicant to hold the city
harmless from all claims and damages related to the approval and its
subject matter.
4. The approval must require the owner and applicant to reimburse the
city for all costs of enforcement, including attorneys' fees and costs
associated with enforcing the requirements of this code.
E. Requirements.
A two-unit project must satisfy each of the following requirements:
1. Map Act Compliance. The lot must have been legally subdivided.
2. Zone. The lot is in a single-family residential zone. For purposes
of this section, a single-family residential zone is a zone where
the only residential use that is allowed as a primary use is a single
residential dwelling on a lot.
3. Lot Location.
a. The lot is not located on a site that is any of the following:
(1)
Prime farmland, farmland of statewide importance, or land that
is zoned or designated for agricultural protection or preservation
by the voters.
(3)
Within a very high fire hazard severity zone, unless the site
complies with all fire-hazard mitigation measures required by existing
building standards.
(4)
A hazardous waste site that has not been cleared for residential
use.
(5)
Within a delineated earthquake fault zone, unless all development
on the site complies with applicable seismic protection building code
standards.
(6)
Within a 100-year flood hazard area, unless the site has either:
(i)
Been subject to a Letter of Map Revision prepared by the Federal
Emergency Management Agency and issued to the local jurisdiction,
or
(ii)
Meets Federal Emergency Management Agency requirements necessary
to meet minimum flood plain management criteria of the National Flood
Insurance Program.
(7)
Within a regulatory floodway unless all development on the site
has received a no-rise certification.
(8)
Land identified for conservation in an adopted natural community
conservation plan, habitat conservation plan, or other adopted natural
resource protection plan.
(9)
Habitat for protected species.
(10)
Land under conservation easement.
(11)
Land within a hillside area, as that term is defined in section
93.13.00.
b. The purpose of subpart (E)(3)(a) above is merely to summarize the
requirements of
Government Code section 65913.4(a)(6)(B)-(K). (See
Gov. Code § 66411.7(a)(3)(C).)
4. Not Historic. The lot must not be a historic property or within a
historic district that is included on the State Historic Resources
Inventory, nor may the lot be or be within a site that is designated
by ordinance as a city or county resource or as a historic property
or within a historic district.
5. No Impact on Protected Housing. The two-unit project must not require
or include the demolition or alteration of any of the following types
of housing:
a. Housing that is income-restricted for households of moderate, low,
or very low income.
b. Housing that is subject to any form of rent or price control through
a public entity's valid exercise of its policy power.
c. Housing, or a lot that used to have housing, that has been withdrawn
from rental or lease under the Ellis Act (
Gov. Code §§ 7060-7060.7)
at any time in the 15 years prior to submission of the urban lot split
application.
d. Housing that has been occupied by a tenant in the last three years.
The applicant and the owner of a property for which a two-unit project
is sought must provide a sworn statement as to this fact with the
application for the parcel map. The city may conduct its own inquiries
and investigation to ascertain the veracity of the sworn statement,
including but not limited to, surveying owners of nearby properties;
and the city may require additional evidence of the applicant and
owner as necessary to determine compliance with this requirement.
6. Unit Standards.
a. Quantity.
(1)
No more than two dwelling units of any kind may be built on
a lot that results from an urban lot split. For purposes of this paragraph,
"unit" means any dwelling unit, including, but not limited to, a primary
dwelling unit, a unit created under this section of this code, an
ADU, or a JADU.
(2)
A lot that is not created by an urban lot split may have a two-unit
project under this section, plus any ADU or JADU that must be allowed
under state law and the city's ADU ordinance.
b. Unit Size.
(1)
The total floor area of the first primary dwelling that is developed
on a resulting lot must conform to the following:
(i)
Less than or equal to 1,500 square feet and
(ii)
More than 400 square feet.
(2)
The total floor area of the second primary dwelling that is
developed on a resulting lot must conform to the following:
(i)
Less than or equal to 1,000 square feet and
(ii)
More than 400 square feet.
(3)
If there is a primary dwelling on a resulting lot that was legally
established before the urban lot split, the existing dwelling may
be expanded in accordance with the lot coverage, setback, and other
standards of this title to the extent that the expansion still leaves
at least 1,000 square feet of developable area on the lot. If there
is less than 1,000 square feet of developable area left on the lot,
the existing dwelling may not be expanded.
c. Height Restrictions.
(1)
On a lot that is larger than 2,000 square feet, no new primary
dwelling unit may exceed a single story or 16 feet in height, measured
from grade to peak of the structure.
(2)
On a lot that is smaller than 2,000 square feet, no new primary
dwelling unit may exceed two stories or 22 feet in height, measured
from grade to peak of the structure. A second story is only permissible
where conformance to lot coverage or setback requirements does not
allow for two primary units on the lot of up to 1,000 square feet
each. Any portion of a new primary dwelling that exceeds one story
must be stepped back by an additional five feet from the ground floor;
no balcony deck or other portion of the second story may project into
the step back.
(3)
No rooftop deck or second-floor balcony is permitted on any
new or remodeled dwelling or structure on a lot with a two-unit project.
d. Demo Cap. The two-unit project may not involve the demolition of
more than 25 percent of the existing exterior walls of an existing
dwelling unless the site has not been occupied by a tenant in the
last three years.
e. Lot Coverage. Lot coverage shall not exceed 45%. This lot coverage
standard is only enforced to the extent that it does not prevent two
primary dwelling units on the lot at 1,000 square feet each.
f. Setbacks.
(1)
Generally. All setbacks must conform to those objective setbacks
that are imposed through the underlying zone.
(2)
Exceptions. Notwithstanding subpart (E)(6)(f)(1) above:
(i)
Existing Structures. No setback is required for an existing
legally established structure or for a new structure that is constructed
in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing legally
established structure.
(ii)
1,000 sf; four-foot side and rear. The setbacks imposed by the
underlying zone must yield to the degree necessary to avoid physically
precluding the construction of up to two units on the lot or either
of the two units from being at least 1,000 square feet in floor area;
but in no event may any structure be less than four feet from a side
or rear property line.
(3)
Front Setback Area. Notwithstanding any other part of this code,
dwellings that are constructed under this section must be at least
25 feet from the front property lines. The front setback area must:
(i)
Be kept free from all structures greater than three feet high;
(ii)
Be at least 50 percent landscaped with drought-tolerant plants, with vegetation and irrigation plans prepared by a licensed landscape architect or qualified professional as that term is defined in PSMC Chapter
8.60;
(iii) Allow for vehicular and fire-safety access to
all structures on the lot.
(4)
Front Setback – Exception. If the adjacent lots abutting
the side lot lines of the subject lot contain primary dwellings that
have front setbacks with a depth of less than 25 feet, the minimum
front setback may be reduced up to a line parallel to the average
of the front setback of the adjacent lots.
(5)
Swimming pools. Swimming pools may be permissible in any yard
area in accordance with the requirements of Section 93.01.00. Where
a swimming pool is installed in a front yard setback area, the landscape
requirement identified in subpart (E)(6)(f)(3)(ii) above may be reduced
to a minimum of 15 percent.
g. Parking.
(1)
Parking Spaces Required. Each new primary dwelling unit must
have at least one off-street parking space per unit unless one of
the following applies:
(i)
The lot is located within one-half
mile walking distance of either
(I) a corridor with fixed route bus service with service
intervals no longer than 15 minutes during peak commute hours or
(II) a site that contains an existing rail or bus rapid
transit station, or the intersection of two or more major bus routes
with a frequency of service interval of 15 minutes or less during
the morning and afternoon peak commute periods.
(ii)
The site is located within one block of a car-share vehicle
location.
(2)
Tandem Parking. Tandem parking within a garage, carport, or
on a surface parking area is permissible for any lot developed as
part of an urban lot split.
h. Driveways.
(1)
Maximum Number of Driveways. A maximum of one new driveway is
permitted for each lot that is created as part of an urban lot split.
(2)
Maximum Driveway Width. Driveway width is limited to a maximum
of 18 feet, measured from outside edge to outside edge.
(3)
Distance from Street Intersection. Each new driveway must be
at least thirty feet from the intersecting corner property lines at
the street intersection.
(4)
Parking Bays. Parking bays that take direct access from a public
right-of-way shall be prohibited.
i. Architecture.
(1)
If there is a legal primary dwelling on the lot that was established
before the urban lot split, any new primary dwelling unit that is
visible from a public right-of-way must match the existing primary
dwelling unit in exterior materials, color, and dominant roof pitch.
The dominant roof slope is the slope shared by the largest portion
of the roof.
(2)
If there is no legal primary dwelling on the lot before the
two-unit project, and if two primary dwellings are developed on the
lot, the dwellings must match each other in exterior materials, color,
and dominant roof pitch. The dominant roof slope is the slope shared
by the largest portion of the roof.
(3)
All exterior lighting must be limited to down-lights.
(4)
No window or door of a dwelling that is constructed on the lot
may have a direct line of sight to an adjoining residential property.
Fencing, landscaping, or privacy glass may be used to provide screening
and prevent a direct line of sight.
(5)
If an attached garage is visible from a public right-of-way,
the total width of all garage doors on the dwelling must be less than
50 percent of the total width of the dwelling's façade facing
the public right-of-way.
j. Landscaping. Evergreen landscape screening must be planted and maintained
between each dwelling and adjacent lots (but not rights-of-way) as
follows:
(1)
At least one 5-gallon size plant shall be provided for every
five linear feet of exterior wall. Alternatively, at least one 24″
box size plant shall be provided for every 10 linear feet of exterior
wall. A minimum of two 24" box size drought tolerant trees shall be
planted on each lot created under the ordinance codified in this section.
(2)
Plant specimens utilized to provide screening as required in
subpart (E)(10)(h)(4) above must be at least six feet tall when installed.
As an alternative, a solid fence of at least six feet in height may
be installed.
(3)
All landscaping must be drought tolerant.
(4)
All landscaping must be from the city's approved plant list.
k. Nonconforming Conditions. A two-unit project may only be approved
if all nonconforming zoning conditions are corrected.
l. Utilities. Each primary dwelling unit on the lot must have its own
direct utility connection to the utility service provider.
m. Building & Safety. All structures built on the lot must comply
with all current local building standards. A project under this section
is a change of use and subjects the whole of the lot, and all structures,
to the city's current code.
7. Fire-Hazard Mitigation Measures. A lot in a very high fire hazard
severity zone must comply with each of the following fire-hazard mitigation
measures:
a. It must have direct access to a public right-of-way with a paved
street with a width of at least 40 feet. The public right-of-way must
have at least two independent points of access for fire and life safety
to access and for residents to evacuate.
b. All dwellings on the site must comply with current fire code requirements
for dwellings in a very high fire hazard severity zone.
c. All enclosed structures on the site must have fire sprinklers.
d. All sides of all dwellings on the site must be within a 150-foot
hose pull distance from either the public right-of-way or of an onsite
fire hydrant or standpipe.
e. If the lot does not have a swimming pool, the lot must have a water
reservoir of at least 5,000 gallons per dwelling, with fire-authority
approved hookups compatible with fire-authority standard pump and
hose equipment.
8. Separate Conveyance.
a. Primary dwelling units on the lot may not be owned or conveyed separately
from each other.
b. Condominium airspace divisions and common interest developments are
not permitted within the lot.
c. All fee interest in the lot and all the dwellings must be held equally
and undivided by all individual property owners.
9. Regulatio`n of Uses.
a. Residential-only. No non-residential use is permitted on the lot.
b. No Short-Term Rentals. No dwelling unit on the lot may be rented
for a period of less than 30 days.
c. Owner Occupancy. Unless the lot was formed by an urban lot split
or the units are constructed by a qualified nonprofit corporation
(as defined by
Government Code Section 214.15), the individual property
owners of a lot with a two-unit project must occupy one of the dwellings
on the lot as the owners' principal residence and legal domicile.
10. Notice of Construction.
a. At least 30 business days before starting any construction of a two-unit
project, the property owner must give written notice to all the owners
of record of each of the adjacent residential parcels, which notice
must include the following information:
(1)
Notice that construction has been authorized,
(2)
The anticipated start and end dates for construction,
(3)
The hours of construction,
(4)
Contact information for the project manager (for construction-related
complaints), and
(5)
Contact information for the Building & Safety Department.
b. This notice requirement does not confer a right on the noticed persons
or on anyone else to comment on the project before permits are issued.
Approval is ministerial. Under state law, the City has no discretion
in approving or denying a particular project under this section. This
notice requirement is purely to promote neighborhood awareness and
expectation.
11. Deed Restriction. The owner must record a deed restriction, acceptable
to the city, that does each of the following:
a. Expressly prohibits any rental of any dwelling on the property for
a period of less than 30 days.
b. Expressly prohibits any non-residential use of the lot.
c. Expressly prohibits any separate conveyance of a primary dwelling
on the property, any separate fee interest, and any common interest
development within the lot.
d. If the lot is not created by an urban lot split: Expressly requires
the individual property owners to live in one of the dwelling units
on the lot as the owners' primary residence and legal domicile.
e. States that the property is formed by an urban lot split and is therefore
subject to the city's urban lot split regulations, including all applicable
limits on dwelling size and development.
F. Specific
Adverse Impacts.
1. Notwithstanding anything else in this section, the city may deny
an application for a two-unit project if the building official makes
a written finding, based on a preponderance of the evidence, that
the project would have a "specific adverse impact" on either public
health and safety or on the physical environment and for which there
is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific
adverse impact.
2. "Specific adverse impact" has the same meaning as in
Gov. Code 65589.5(d)(2):
"a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based
on objective, identified written public health or safety standards,
policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application
was deemed complete" and does not include (1) inconsistency with the
zoning ordinance or general plan land use designation or (2) the eligibility
to claim a welfare exemption under
Revenue and Taxation Code section
214(9).
3. The building official may consult with and be assisted by planning
staff and others as necessary in making a finding of specific adverse
impact.
G. Remedies.
If a two-unit project violates any part of this code or any other
legal requirement:
1. The buyer, grantee, or lessee of any part of the property has an
action for damages or to void the deed, sale, or contract.
2. The city may:
a. Bring an action to enjoin any attempt to sell, lease, or finance
the property.
b. Bring an action for other legal, equitable, or summary remedy, such
as declaratory and injunctive relief.
c. Pursue criminal prosecution, punishable by imprisonment in county
jail or state prison for up to one year, by a fine of up to $10,000,
or both; or a misdemeanor.
d. Record a notice of violation.
e. Withhold any or all future permits and approvals.
f. Pursue all other administrative, legal, or equitable remedies that
are allowed by law or the city's code.
(Ord. 2057 § 4, 2022; Ord. 2058 § 3, 2022; Ord. 2068 § 3, 2022; Ord. 2088, 11/9/2023)